TW201936661A - Vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film - Google Patents

Vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201936661A
TW201936661A TW108104556A TW108104556A TW201936661A TW 201936661 A TW201936661 A TW 201936661A TW 108104556 A TW108104556 A TW 108104556A TW 108104556 A TW108104556 A TW 108104556A TW 201936661 A TW201936661 A TW 201936661A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
film
cured film
crystal cured
group
Prior art date
Application number
TW108104556A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI800602B (en
Inventor
葛西辰昌
幡中伸行
Original Assignee
日商住友化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商住友化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商住友化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW201936661A publication Critical patent/TW201936661A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI800602B publication Critical patent/TWI800602B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3016Polarising elements involving passive liquid crystal elements
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/34Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
    • C09K19/3402Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring having oxygen as hetero atom
    • C09K19/3405Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring having oxygen as hetero atom the heterocyclic ring being a five-membered ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/34Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
    • C09K19/3491Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring having sulfur as hetero atom
    • C09K19/3497Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring having sulfur as hetero atom the heterocyclic ring containing sulfur and nitrogen atoms
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/08Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of polarising materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • G02B5/3033Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/02Details
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/50OLEDs integrated with light modulating elements, e.g. with electrochromic elements, photochromic elements or liquid crystal elements
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2323/00Functional layers of liquid crystal optical display excluding electroactive liquid crystal layer characterised by chemical composition
    • C09K2323/02Alignment layer characterised by chemical composition
    • C09K2323/023Organic silicon compound, e.g. organosilicon
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/80Constructional details
    • H10K59/8791Arrangements for improving contrast, e.g. preventing reflection of ambient light

Abstract

A vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film which is aligned in a vertical direction with respect to an in-plane direction and which includes at least one compound selected from the group consisting of non-ionic silane compounds and ionic compounds.

Description

垂直配向液晶硬化膜Vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened film

本發明係關於一種垂直配向液晶硬化膜、積層體、橢圓偏光板、及有機EL(Electroluminescence,電致發光)顯示裝置。The invention relates to a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film, a laminate, an elliptical polarizing plate, and an organic EL (Electroluminescence) display device.

橢圓偏光板係偏光板與相位差板積層而成之光學構件,例如在以平面狀態顯示圖像之裝置(例如有機EL顯示裝置)中,用於防止構成裝置之電極上之光反射。於該橢圓偏光板中,作為相位差板,使用所謂之λ/4板。
作為該用於橢圓偏光板之相位差板,顯示逆波長分散性者就在可見光之較廣之波長範圍內發揮同等之相位差性能之方面而言較佳。作為顯示逆波長分散性之相位差板,已知有如下相位差板,其包含使顯示逆波長分散性之聚合性液晶化合物在朝水平方向配向之狀態下聚合並硬化而成之水平配向液晶硬化膜。
又,亦要求附光學補償功能之偏光板,其具有以即便在自斜向觀察之情形時,亦發揮與自正面方向觀察時相同之光學性能之方式進行補償的功能。作為此種附光學補償功能之偏光板,可列舉具備逆波長分散性之水平配向液晶硬化膜,且進而具備使聚合性液晶化合物於垂直配向之狀態下聚合硬化而成之垂直配向液晶硬化膜者。進而,於該垂直配向液晶硬化膜之中,於專利文獻1中亦提出使用顯示逆波長分散性之聚合性液晶化合物的垂直配向液晶硬化膜。
[先前技術文獻]
[專利文獻]
An elliptically polarizing plate is an optical member in which a polarizing plate and a retardation plate are laminated. For example, in a device that displays an image in a planar state (such as an organic EL display device), it is used to prevent light reflection on electrodes constituting the device. In this elliptically polarizing plate, a so-called λ / 4 plate is used as a phase difference plate.
As the retardation plate used for the elliptically polarizing plate, it is preferable that those exhibiting inverse wavelength dispersion have the same retardation performance in a wider wavelength range of visible light. As a retardation plate exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersion, there is known a retardation plate including a horizontal alignment liquid crystal hardened by polymerizing and curing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersion in a state of being aligned in the horizontal direction membrane.
In addition, a polarizing plate with an optical compensation function is also required, which has a function of compensating in such a manner as to exhibit the same optical performance as when viewed from the front direction even when viewed from the oblique direction. Examples of such a polarizing plate with an optical compensation function include a horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film having reverse wavelength dispersion, and further a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film obtained by polymerizing and curing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a vertically aligned state. . Furthermore, among the vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured films, Patent Document 1 also proposes a vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured film using a polymerizable liquid crystal compound exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersibility.
[Prior Technical Literature]
[Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2015-57646號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-57646

[發明所欲解決之問題][Problems to be solved by the invention]

然而,由於顯示逆波長分散性之液晶化合物之分子重心不穩定,故而僅液晶化合物則會產生大量配向缺陷而不易垂直配向。因此,於製作垂直配向液晶硬化膜時,需要垂直配向用之配向膜。然而,於該情形時,必需形成垂直配向用之配向膜之步驟,因此有生產性降低之問題。However, since the molecular center of gravity of the liquid crystal compound exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersion is unstable, only the liquid crystal compound will generate a large number of alignment defects and is not easy to be vertically aligned. Therefore, when manufacturing a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film, an alignment film for vertical alignment is required. However, in this case, a step of forming an alignment film for vertical alignment is necessary, so there is a problem of reduced productivity.

本發明係鑒於上述課題而完成者,其目的在於提供一種能夠形成即便無配向膜亦抑制配向缺陷之產生之垂直配向液晶硬化膜的組合物。
[解決問題之技術手段]
The present invention has been completed in view of the above-mentioned problems, and its object is to provide a composition capable of forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film that suppresses the occurrence of alignment defects even without an alignment film.
[Technical means to solve the problem]

本發明者為了解決上述課題進行了銳意研究,結果完成了本發明。即,本發明中包含以下態樣。
[1]一種垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其相對於面內方向朝垂直方向配向,且包含選自由非離子性矽烷化合物及離子性化合物所組成之群中之至少一者。
[2]如[1]所記載之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其中上述非離子性矽烷化合物為矽烷偶合。
[3]如[1]或[2]所記載之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其中上述非離子性矽烷化合物為具有烷氧基矽烷基及極性基之矽烷偶合劑。
[4]如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其中構成上述離子性化合物之元素全部為非金屬元素。
[5]如[1]至[4]中任一項所記載之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其中上述離子性化合物之分子量為100以上10000以下。
[6]如[1]至[5]中任一項所記載之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其滿足下述關係式(1):
-150 nm≦RthC(550)≦-30 nm (1)
[關係式(1)中,RthC(550)表示垂直配向液晶硬化膜於波長550 nm下之厚度方向之相位差值]。
[7]如[1]至[6]中任一項所記載之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其滿足下述關係式(2):
RthC(450)/RthC(550)≦1 (2)
[關係式(2)中,RthC(450)表示垂直配向液晶硬化膜於波長450 nm下之厚度方向之相位差值,RthC(550)表示垂直配向液晶硬化膜於波長550 nm下之厚度方向之相位差值]。
[8]一種積層體,其具備基材、及如[1]至[7]中任一項所記載之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,且
上述垂直配向液晶硬化膜與上述基材鄰接。
[9]一種積層體,其具備如[1]至[7]所記載之垂直配向液晶硬化膜、及相對於上述垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜。
[10]如[9]所記載之積層體,其滿足下述關係式(3):
ReA(450)/ReA(550)≦1.00 (3)
[關係式(3)中,ReA(450)表示上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜於波長450 nm下之面內相位差值,ReA(550)表示上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之膜表面朝水平方向配向之膜於波長550 nm下之面內相位差值]。
[11]如[9]或[10]中任一項所記載之積層體,其滿足下述關係式(4):
|R0(550)-R40(550)|≦10 nm (4)
[關係式(4)中,R0(550)表示波長550 nm下之積層體之面內相位差值,R40(550)表示積層體繞朝水平方向配向之膜之進相軸方向旋轉40°時波長550 nm下之相位差值]。
[12]如[9]至[11]中任一項所記載之積層體,其滿足下述關係式(5):
|R0(450)-R40(450)|≦10 nm (5)
[關係式(5)中,R0(450)表示波長450 nm下之積層體之面內相位差值,R40(450)表示積層體繞朝水平方向配向之膜之進相軸方向旋轉40°時波長450 nm下之相位差值]。
[13]如[9]至[12]中任一項所記載之積層體,其滿足下述關係式(6):
|{R0(450)-R40(450)}-{R0(550)-R40(550)}|≦3 nm (6)
[關係式(6)中,R0(450)表示波長450 nm下之積層體之面內相位差值,R0(550)表示波長550 nm下之積層體之面內相位差值,R40(450)表示積層體繞朝水平方向配向之膜之進相軸方向旋轉40°時波長450 nm下之相位差值,R40(550)表示積層體繞朝水平方向配向之膜之進相軸方向旋轉40°時波長550 nm下之相位差值]。
[14]如[9]至[13]中任一項所記載之積層體,其中上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之膜表面朝水平方向配向之膜為水平配向液晶硬化膜A。
[15]一種橢圓偏光板,其包含[9]至[14]中任一項所記載之積層體、及偏光膜。
[16]如[15]所記載之橢圓偏光板,其中上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之膜表面朝水平方向配向之膜為水平配向液晶硬化膜A。
[17]如[15]或[16]所記載之橢圓偏光板,其中上述朝水平配向之膜之遲相軸與偏光膜之吸收軸所成之角為45±5°。
[18]如[15]至[17]中任一項所記載之橢圓偏光板上述偏光膜包含相對於偏光膜之膜面內朝水平方向配向之水平配向液晶硬化膜B,且該水平配向液晶硬化膜B包含二色性色素。
[19]如[18]所記載之橢圓偏光板,其中上述二色性色素具有偶氮基。
[20]如[18]或[19]所記載之橢圓偏光板,其中上述水平配向液晶硬化膜B係液晶化合物於相對於膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之層列相之狀態下硬化而成的硬化膜。
[21]一種有機EL顯示裝置,其包含如[15]至[20]中任一項所記載之橢圓偏光板。
[發明之效果]
The inventor of the present invention conducted intensive studies to solve the above-mentioned problems, and as a result, completed the present invention. That is, the present invention includes the following aspects.
[1] A vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured film, which is aligned in a vertical direction with respect to the in-plane direction, and includes at least one selected from the group consisting of nonionic silane compounds and ionic compounds.
[2] The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film as described in [1], wherein the nonionic silane compound is a silane coupling.
[3] The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film according to [1] or [2], wherein the nonionic silane compound is a silane coupling agent having an alkoxysilane group and a polar group.
[4] The vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured film as described in any one of [1] to [3], in which all elements constituting the ionic compound are non-metallic elements.
[5] The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film as described in any one of [1] to [4], wherein the molecular weight of the ionic compound is 100 or more and 10000 or less.
[6] The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film as described in any one of [1] to [5], which satisfies the following relational expression (1):
-150 nm ≦ RthC (550) ≦ -30 nm (1)
[In relation (1), RthC (550) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 550 nm].
[7] The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film as described in any one of [1] to [6], which satisfies the following relational expression (2):
RthC (450) / RthC (550) ≦ 1 (2)
[In relation (2), RthC (450) represents the phase difference of the thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 450 nm, and RthC (550) represents the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 550 nm Phase difference value].
[8] A laminate including a base material and a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film as described in any one of [1] to [7], and the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film is adjacent to the base material.
[9] A laminate including the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film as described in [1] to [7], and a film aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film.
[10] The laminate as described in [9], which satisfies the following relational expression (3):
ReA (450) / ReA (550) ≦ 1.00 (3)
[In relation (3), ReA (450) represents the in-plane retardation value of the film aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 450 nm, and ReA (550) represents the relative The in-plane retardation value of the film aligned horizontally on the film surface of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 550 nm].
[11] The laminate according to any one of [9] or [10], which satisfies the following relational expression (4):
| R0 (550) -R40 (550) | ≦ 10 nm (4)
[In relation (4), R0 (550) represents the in-plane phase difference of the laminate at a wavelength of 550 nm, and R40 (550) represents the rotation of the laminate by 40 ° around the phase-advancing axis of the film aligned in the horizontal direction Phase difference at 550 nm].
[12] The laminate as described in any one of [9] to [11], which satisfies the following relational expression (5):
| R0 (450) -R40 (450) | ≦ 10 nm (5)
[In relation (5), R0 (450) represents the in-plane phase difference of the laminate at a wavelength of 450 nm, and R40 (450) represents when the laminate rotates 40 ° around the phase-advancing axis of the film oriented in the horizontal direction Phase difference at 450 nm].
[13] The laminate as described in any one of [9] to [12], which satisfies the following relational expression (6):
| {R0 (450) -R40 (450)} - {R0 (550) -R40 (550)} | ≦ 3 nm (6)
[In relation (6), R0 (450) represents the in-plane phase difference of the laminate at a wavelength of 450 nm, R0 (550) represents the in-plane phase difference of the laminate at a wavelength of 550 nm, R40 (450) Represents the phase difference value at a wavelength of 450 nm when the layered body rotates 40 ° around the phase-advancing axis of the film oriented in the horizontal direction, R40 (550) means that the layered body rotates 40 ° around the phase-advancing axis of the film oriented in the horizontal direction The phase difference at a wavelength of 550 nm].
[14] The laminate as described in any one of [9] to [13], wherein the film aligned in the horizontal direction with respect to the film surface of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film is the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A.
[15] An elliptically polarizing plate comprising the laminate according to any one of [9] to [14], and a polarizing film.
[16] The elliptically polarizing plate according to [15], wherein the film aligned in the horizontal direction with respect to the film surface of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film is the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A.
[17] The elliptical polarizing plate as described in [15] or [16], wherein the angle formed by the retardation axis of the film oriented horizontally and the absorption axis of the polarizing film is 45 ± 5 °.
[18] The elliptically polarizing plate as described in any one of [15] to [17], wherein the polarizing film includes a horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film B aligned horizontally with respect to the film plane of the polarizing film, and the horizontally aligned liquid crystal The cured film B contains a dichroic pigment.
[19] The elliptically polarizing plate according to [18], wherein the dichroic dye has an azo group.
[20] The elliptically polarizing plate as described in [18] or [19], wherein the horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film B-based liquid crystal compound is cured in a state of a smectic phase aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction of the film. Into a hardened film.
[21] An organic EL display device comprising the elliptically polarizing plate as described in any one of [15] to [20].
[Effect of invention]

根據本發明,能夠提供一種即便無配向膜亦抑制配向缺陷之產生之垂直配向液晶硬化膜。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film that suppresses the occurrence of alignment defects even without an alignment film.

以下,對本發明之實施形態詳細地進行說明。再者,於本說明書中,有時將丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸稱為「(甲基)丙烯酸」。又,有時於化合物名之後加上「系」,對化合物及其衍生物進行統稱。於在化合物名之後加上「系」來表示聚合物名之情形時,意指聚合物之重複單元源自化合物或其衍生物、或者對源自化合物或其衍生物之重複單元於聚合後實施化學修飾等而成之聚合物。Hereinafter, the embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail. In addition, in this specification, acrylic acid and methacrylic acid may be called "(meth) acrylic acid". In addition, sometimes "system" is added after the compound name to collectively refer to the compound and its derivatives. When "system" is added after the compound name to indicate the polymer name, it means that the repeating unit of the polymer is derived from the compound or its derivative, or the repeating unit derived from the compound or its derivative is implemented after polymerization Chemically modified polymers.

<垂直配向液晶硬化膜>
本發明之垂直配向液晶硬化膜相對於面內方向朝垂直方向配向,且包含選自由非離子性矽烷化合物及離子性化合物所組成之群中之至少一者。垂直配向液晶硬化膜相對於面內方向朝垂直方向配向。即,包含相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝垂直方向配向的狀態之液晶化合物及/或液晶化合物之聚合物。形成垂直配向液晶硬化膜之三維折射率橢球可具有雙軸性,但較佳為具有單軸性。
<Vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film>
The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film of the present invention is aligned in the vertical direction with respect to the in-plane direction, and includes at least one selected from the group consisting of nonionic silane compounds and ionic compounds. The vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film is aligned in the vertical direction with respect to the in-plane direction. That is, it includes a liquid crystal compound and / or a polymer of a liquid crystal compound in a state of being aligned in the vertical direction with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. The three-dimensional refractive index ellipsoid forming the vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened film may have biaxiality, but preferably has uniaxiality.

本發明之垂直配向液晶硬化膜即便無配向膜亦抑制配向缺陷之產生。推測其理由如下。本發明之垂直配向液晶硬化膜包含選自由非離子性矽烷化合物及離子性化合物所組成之群中之至少一者。於液晶硬化膜之製造中,於基材塗佈垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物形成塗佈膜,並加熱塗佈膜使其乾燥而形成乾燥覆膜時,於乾燥覆膜中,由於非離子性矽烷化合物與液晶化合物之親和性及/或離子性化合物與液晶化合物之親和性,產生如於基材表面側存在離子性化合物、及/或於乾燥覆膜之表面側(遠離基材表面之側)存在非離子性矽烷化合物之分佈。此種分佈會提高垂直配向限制力,因而有液晶化合物於乾燥覆膜內相對於基材表面朝垂直方向配向之傾向。因此,能夠保持液晶化合物垂直配向之狀態形成硬化膜。故而認為本發明之垂直配向液晶硬化膜即便無配向膜亦抑制配向缺陷之產生。作為選自由非離子性矽烷化合物及離子性化合物所組成之群中之至少一者,可列舉非離子性矽烷化合物、離子性化合物、以及非離子性矽烷化合物及離子性化合物之3種態樣。雖然僅非離子性矽烷化合物與離子性化合物之任一者便具有提高垂直配向限制力之效果,不過就進一步提高垂直配向限制力之觀點而言,較佳為同時包含非離子性矽烷化合物及離子性化合物。The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film of the present invention suppresses the occurrence of alignment defects even if there is no alignment film. The reason is presumed as follows. The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film of the present invention includes at least one selected from the group consisting of nonionic silane compounds and ionic compounds. In the production of a liquid crystal cured film, when a composition for forming a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film is applied to a substrate to form a coated film, and the coated film is heated and dried to form a dry coating, the dry coating is The affinity of the ionic silane compound and the liquid crystal compound and / or the affinity of the ionic compound and the liquid crystal compound may be caused by the presence of the ionic compound on the surface of the substrate and / or on the surface side of the dry coating (away from the surface of the substrate Side) There is a distribution of nonionic silane compounds. Such a distribution will increase the vertical alignment restricting force, so there is a tendency for the liquid crystal compound to align in the vertical direction relative to the substrate surface in the dry coating. Therefore, the cured film can be formed while keeping the liquid crystal compound vertically aligned. Therefore, it is considered that the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film of the present invention suppresses the occurrence of alignment defects even if there is no alignment film. As at least one selected from the group consisting of a nonionic silane compound and an ionic compound, three types of nonionic silane compounds, ionic compounds, and nonionic silane compounds and ionic compounds can be mentioned. Although only one of the nonionic silane compound and the ionic compound has the effect of increasing the vertical alignment restricting force, from the viewpoint of further increasing the vertical alignment restricting force, it is preferable to include both the nonionic silane compound and the ion Sexual compounds.

就抑制具備包含垂直配向液晶硬化膜之橢圓偏光板的顯示器之斜向反射色相變差(例如於該顯示器之斜向之色相確認到如紅色及藍色之著色之問題)之觀點而言,
垂直配向液晶硬化膜較佳為滿足下述關係式(1):
-150 nm≦RthC(550)≦-30 nm (1)
[關係式(1)中,RthC(550)表示垂直配向液晶硬化膜於波長550 nm下之厚度方向之相位差值]。
就進一步抑制上述顯示器之斜向反射色相變差之觀點而言,垂直配向液晶硬化膜之厚度方向之相位差值RthC(550)更佳為-100 nm以上-40 nm以下,進而較佳為-80 nm以上-40 nm以下。
From the viewpoint of suppressing the deterioration of the oblique reflection hue of a display equipped with an elliptical polarizing plate containing a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened film (for example, the problem of confirming coloration such as red and blue in the oblique hue of the display),
The vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film preferably satisfies the following relationship (1):
-150 nm ≦ RthC (550) ≦ -30 nm (1)
[In relation (1), RthC (550) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 550 nm].
From the viewpoint of further suppressing the deterioration of the oblique reflection hue of the above display, the phase difference value RthC (550) in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film is more preferably -100 nm or more and -40 nm or less, and more preferably- Above 80 nm-below 40 nm.

垂直配向液晶硬化膜之厚度方向之相位差值RthC(550)可藉由垂直配向液晶硬化膜之厚度dC調整。面內相位差值係由下述式(1-2)決定:
RthC(550)=[(nxC(550)+nyC(550))/2-nzC(550)]×dC (1-2)
[式(1-2)中,nxC(550)表示垂直配向液晶硬化膜於膜面內之波長550 nm之主折射率,nyC(550)表示與nxC(550)在同一面內正交之方向之波長550 nm之折射率,nzC(550)表示垂直配向液晶硬化膜之厚度方向之波長550 nm之折射率,dC表示垂直配向液晶硬化膜之膜厚]
,因此為了獲得所期望之厚度方向之相位差值RthC(550),調整三維折射率及膜厚dC即可。再者,三維折射率依存於上述液晶化合物之分子結構及配向性。又,於nxC(550)=nyC(550)之情形時,nxC(550)可設為膜面內任意方向之折射率。
The phase difference value RthC (550) in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film can be adjusted by the thickness dC of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. The in-plane phase difference value is determined by the following formula (1-2):
RthC (550) = [(nxC (550) + nyC (550)) / 2-nzC (550)] × dC (1-2)
[In formula (1-2), nxC (550) represents the main refractive index of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film in the film surface at a wavelength of 550 nm, and nyC (550) represents the direction orthogonal to nxC (550) in the same plane The refractive index of the wavelength of 550 nm, nzC (550) represents the refractive index of the wavelength of 550 nm in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film, dC represents the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film]
Therefore, in order to obtain the desired phase difference value RthC (550) in the thickness direction, the three-dimensional refractive index and film thickness dC may be adjusted. Furthermore, the three-dimensional refractive index depends on the molecular structure and alignment of the liquid crystal compound. In addition, in the case of nxC (550) = nyC (550), nxC (550) can be set as the refractive index in any direction in the film plane.

又,就抑制自包含垂直配向液晶硬化膜之橢圓偏光板之短波長側之斜向觀察時的橢圓率之降低之觀點而言,
垂直配向液晶硬化膜較佳為滿足下述關係式(2):
RthC(450)/RthC(550)≦1 (2)
[關係式(2)中,RthC(450)表示垂直配向液晶硬化膜於波長450 nm下之厚度方向之相位差值,RthC(550)表示垂直配向液晶硬化膜於波長550 nm下之厚度方向之相位差值]。
就進一步抑制上述橢圓率之降低之觀點而言,垂直配向液晶硬化膜之RthC(450)/RthC(550)更佳為0.95以下,進而較佳為0.90以下。又,垂直配向液晶硬化膜之厚度方向之相位差值RthC(450)與RthC(550)同樣可藉由垂直配向液晶硬化膜之厚度dC調整。
Also, from the viewpoint of suppressing the decrease in the ellipticity when viewed obliquely from the short-wavelength side of the elliptically polarizing plate containing a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film,
The vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film preferably satisfies the following relationship (2):
RthC (450) / RthC (550) ≦ 1 (2)
[In relation (2), RthC (450) represents the phase difference of the thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 450 nm, and RthC (550) represents the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 550 nm Phase difference value].
From the viewpoint of further suppressing the reduction of the ellipticity, the RthC (450) / RthC (550) of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film is more preferably 0.95 or less, and further preferably 0.90 or less. In addition, the phase difference values RthC (450) and RthC (550) in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film can also be adjusted by the thickness dC of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film.

就薄膜化之觀點而言,垂直配向液晶硬化膜之膜厚之上限較佳為3 μm以下,更佳為2.5 μm以下,進而較佳為2.0 μm以下,尤其較佳為1.5 μm以下。又,垂直配向液晶硬化膜之膜厚之下限較佳為0.1 μm以上,更佳為0.3 μm以上,進而較佳為0.4 μm以上。垂直配向液晶硬化膜之膜厚可使用橢圓偏光計或接觸式膜厚計進行測定。From the viewpoint of thinning, the upper limit of the film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film is preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 2.5 μm or less, further preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.5 μm or less. In addition, the lower limit of the film thickness of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.3 μm or more, and still more preferably 0.4 μm or more. The film thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film can be measured using an ellipsometer or a contact film thickness meter.

[1.非離子性矽烷化合物]
於本說明書中,非離子性矽烷化合物為非離子性且包含Si元素之化合物。非離子性矽烷化合物於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之製作中能夠充分提昇液晶化合物(I)-1之垂直配向性,並藉由與離子性化合物之組合進一步提昇液晶化合物之垂直配向性。又,非離子性矽烷化合物容易降低垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物之表面張力,從而提昇該組合物對於基材之潤濕性。作為非離子性矽烷化合物,例如可列舉如聚矽烷之矽聚合物、聚矽氧油及聚矽氧樹脂之類之聚矽氧樹脂、以及聚矽氧低聚物、倍半矽氧烷、及烷氧基矽烷之類之有機無機矽烷化合物(更具體而言為矽烷偶合劑等)。
[1. Nonionic Silane Compound]
In this specification, the nonionic silane compound is a nonionic compound containing Si element. The non-ionic silane compound can fully enhance the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound (I) -1 in the production of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film, and further improve the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound by combining with the ionic compound. In addition, the nonionic silane compound tends to reduce the surface tension of the composition for forming a vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured film, thereby improving the wettability of the composition to the substrate. As the nonionic silane compound, for example, silicone polymers such as polysilane, polysiloxane resins such as polysiloxane oil and polysiloxane resin, and polysiloxane oligomers, sesquisiloxane, and Organic inorganic silane compounds such as alkoxysilanes (more specifically, silane coupling agents, etc.).

非離子性矽烷化合物可為聚矽氧單體型,亦可為聚矽氧低聚物(聚合物)型。若以(單體)-(單體)共聚物之形式表示聚矽氧低聚物,則可列舉:3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-巰基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、及3-巰基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物之類之含巰基丙基之共聚物;巰基甲基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、巰基甲基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、巰基甲基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、及巰基甲基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物之類之含巰基甲基之共聚物;3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、及3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物之類之含甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基之共聚物;3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、及3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物之類之含丙烯醯氧基丙基之共聚物;乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、乙烯基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、及乙烯基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物之類之含乙烯基之共聚物;3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物、3-胺基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四甲氧基矽烷共聚物、及3-胺基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷-四乙氧基矽烷共聚物之類之含胺基之共聚物等。該等非離子性矽烷化合物可單獨使用1種,或者亦可組合2種以上使用。又,亦可使用調平劑之項所例示之含矽烷之化合物。該等非離子性矽烷化合物之中,就進一步提高密接性之觀點而言,較佳為矽烷偶合劑。The non-ionic silane compound may be a polysiloxane monomer type or a polysiloxane oligomer (polymer) type. If the polysiloxane oligomer is represented in the form of (monomer)-(monomer) copolymer, it may include: 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-mercaptopropyl Copolymer of trimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane, and 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane Mercaptopropyl-containing copolymers; mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, mercaptomethyltriethoxy Silane-tetramethoxysilane copolymers, and mercaptomethyl-containing copolymers such as mercaptomethyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymers; 3-methacryloxypropyl trimethyl Oxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane -Tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane-Tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropyl Dimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloxypropyl Methacrylic acid, such as methyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer Copolymer of acetyl propyl; 3-propyl propyl propyl trimethoxy silane-tetramethoxy silane copolymer, 3- propyl propyl propyl trimethoxy silane-tetraethoxy silane copolymer , 3-Propylene oxypropyl triethoxy silane-tetramethoxy silane copolymer, 3- Propyl acetyl propyl triethoxy silane-tetraethoxy silane copolymer, 3- Propylene oxy silane Propyl propyl methyl dimethoxy silane-tetramethoxy silane copolymer, 3-propenyl propyl methyl dimethoxy silane-tetraethoxy silane copolymer, 3-propene acetyl propane Propylene-containing ethoxypropane-containing copolymers such as methyl methyl diethoxy silane-tetramethoxy silane copolymer and 3-propene acetyl propyl methyl diethoxy silane-tetraethoxy silane copolymer Ji Gong Thing; vinyl trimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, vinyl trimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, vinyl triethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, vinyl Triethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, vinylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, vinylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, Vinyl methyl diethoxy silane-tetramethoxy silane copolymer and vinyl methyl diethoxy silane-tetraethoxy silane copolymer and other vinyl-containing copolymers; 3-amino group Propyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxy Silane copolymer, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-amino group Propylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, and 3-amine Propyl methyl diethoxy silane-- amine-containing copolymer of tetraethyl orthosilicate or the like of the copolymer and the like. These nonionic silane compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, a silane-containing compound exemplified by the leveling agent can also be used. Among these nonionic silane compounds, from the viewpoint of further improving adhesion, a silane coupling agent is preferred.

矽烷偶合劑係於末端具有選自由乙烯基、環氧基、苯乙烯基、甲基丙烯醯基、丙烯醯基、胺基、異氰尿酸酯基、脲基、巰基、異氰酸酯基、羧基、及羥基所組成之群中之至少1種之類之官能基、及至少一個烷氧基矽烷基或矽烷醇基的包含Si元素之化合物。藉由適當選定該等官能基,能夠賦予垂直配向液晶硬化膜之機械強度之提高、垂直配向液晶硬化膜之表面改質、與鄰接於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之層(例如基材)之密接性提高等特殊之效果。就進一步提高密接性之觀點而言,矽烷偶合劑較佳為具有烷氧基矽烷基及另一不同之反應基(例如上述官能基)的矽烷偶合劑。矽烷偶合劑進而較佳為具有烷氧基矽烷基與極性基之矽烷偶合劑。若矽烷偶合劑於其分子內具有至少一個烷氧基矽烷基及至少一個極性基,則液晶化合物之垂直配向性進一步提昇,可明顯獲得垂直配向促進效果。作為極性基,例如可列舉環氧基、胺基、異氰尿酸酯基、巰基、羧基、及羥基。再者,極性基為了控制矽烷偶合劑之反應性,亦可適當具有取代基或保護基。The silane coupling agent has a terminal group selected from the group consisting of vinyl group, epoxy group, styryl group, methacryl group, acryl group, amine group, isocyanurate group, urea group, mercapto group, isocyanate group, carboxyl group, Compounds containing at least one kind of functional group such as hydroxyl group and at least one alkoxysilyl group or silanol group containing Si element. By properly selecting these functional groups, the mechanical strength of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film can be improved, the surface of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film can be modified, and the adhesion to the layer (such as a substrate) adjacent to the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film can be imparted Special effects such as improvement. From the viewpoint of further improving adhesion, the silane coupling agent is preferably a silane coupling agent having an alkoxysilane group and another different reactive group (for example, the above-mentioned functional group). The silane coupling agent is further preferably a silane coupling agent having an alkoxysilane group and a polar group. If the silane coupling agent has at least one alkoxysilane group and at least one polar group in its molecule, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound is further improved, and the vertical alignment promotion effect can be obviously obtained. Examples of polar groups include epoxy groups, amine groups, isocyanurate groups, mercapto groups, carboxyl groups, and hydroxyl groups. Furthermore, in order to control the reactivity of the silane coupling agent, the polar group may have a substituent or a protective group as appropriate.

作為矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉:乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三(2-甲氧基乙氧基)矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽烷基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙基胺、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基二甲氧基甲基矽烷、及3-縮水甘油氧基丙基乙氧基二甲基矽烷。Examples of the silane coupling agent include vinyl trimethoxy silane, vinyl triethoxy silane, vinyl tri (2-methoxyethoxy) silane, and N- (2-aminoethyl)- 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3- Triethoxysilyl-N- (1,3-dimethyl-butylene) propylamine, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethyl Oxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methyl Acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3- Glycidoxypropyldimethoxymethylsilane, and 3-glycidoxypropylethoxydimethylsilane.

又,作為市售之矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉KP321、KP323、KP324、KP326、KP340、KP341、X22-161A、KF6001、KBM-1003、KBE-1003、KBM-303、KBM-402、KBM-403、KBE-402、KBE-403、KBM-1403、KBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103、KBM-602、KBM-603、KBM-903、KBE-903、KBE-9103、KBM-573、KBM-575、KBM-9659、KBE-585、KBM-802、KBM-803、KBE-846、及KBE-9007之類之信越化學工業(股)製造之矽烷偶合劑。Examples of commercially available silane coupling agents include KP321, KP323, KP324, KP326, KP340, KP341, X22-161A, KF6001, KBM-1003, KBE-1003, KBM-303, KBM-402, KBM-403 , KBE-402, KBE-403, KBM-1403, KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-602, KBM-603, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBE -9103, KBM-573, KBM-575, KBM-9659, KBE-585, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-846, and KBE-9007 silane coupling agent manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.

非離子性矽烷化合物之含有率通常相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物之固形物成分,較佳為0.01質量%~5質量%,更佳為0.05質量%~4質量%,進而較佳為0.1質量%~3質量%。若非離子性矽烷化合物之含有率相對於該組合物之固形物成分為0.01質量%以上,則使液晶化合物之垂直配向性進一步提昇,若非離子性矽烷化合物之含有率相對於該組合物之固形物成分包含5質量%以下,則該組合物之塗佈性不易降低。The content of the nonionic silane compound is usually 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 4% by mass, and more preferably the solid content of the composition for forming a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. It is 0.1% by mass to 3% by mass. If the content of the nonionic silane compound is 0.01% by mass or more relative to the solid content of the composition, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound is further improved, and if the content of the nonionic silane compound is relative to the solid content of the composition If the component contains 5 mass% or less, the coating property of the composition is not easily reduced.

[2.離子性化合物]
離子性化合物於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之製作中可使液晶化合物(I)-1之垂直配向性充分提昇,藉由與非離子性矽烷化合物之組合,可使液晶化合物(I)-1之垂直配向性進一步提昇。
[2. Ionic compounds]
The vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound (I) -1 can be fully improved by the ionic compound in the production of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film. By combining with the nonionic silane compound, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound (I) -1 can be achieved Alignment is further improved.

作為離子性化合物,例如可列舉鎓鹽(更具體而言為氮原子具有正電荷之四級銨鹽、三級鋶鹽、及磷原子具有正電荷之四級鏻鹽等)。該等鎓鹽之中,就進一步提高液晶化合物(I)-1之垂直配向性之觀點而言,較佳為四級鎓鹽,就提高獲取性及量產性之觀點而言,進而較佳為四級鏻鹽或四級銨鹽。鎓鹽亦可於分子內具有2個以上四級鎓鹽部位,亦可為低聚物或聚合物。Examples of the ionic compound include onium salts (more specifically, quaternary ammonium salts having a positive charge on a nitrogen atom, tertiary ammonium salts, and quaternary phosphonium salts having a positive charge on a phosphorus atom, etc.). Among these onium salts, from the viewpoint of further improving the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound (I) -1, it is preferably a quaternary onium salt, and further preferably from the viewpoint of improving the availability and mass productivity It is a fourth-grade phosphonium salt or a fourth-grade ammonium salt. The onium salt may have two or more quaternary onium salt sites in the molecule, and may also be an oligomer or polymer.

就使液晶化合物(I)-1之垂直配向性進一步提昇之觀點而言,離子性化合物之分子量較佳為100以上。又,就使垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物之塗佈性進一步提昇之觀點而言,離子性化合物之分子量較佳為10000以下,更佳為5000以下,進而較佳為3000以下。就使液晶化合物(I)-1之垂直配向性進一步提昇,且使該組合物之塗佈性進一步提昇之觀點而言,離子性化合物之分子量更佳為100以上10000以下。From the viewpoint of further improving the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound (I) -1, the molecular weight of the ionic compound is preferably 100 or more. From the viewpoint of further improving the coating properties of the composition for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film, the molecular weight of the ionic compound is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5000 or less, and still more preferably 3000 or less. From the viewpoint of further improving the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound (I) -1 and further improving the coatability of the composition, the molecular weight of the ionic compound is more preferably 100 or more and 10,000 or less.

作為離子性化合物之陽離子成分,例如可列舉無機之陽離子及有機之陽離子。該等離子性化合物之陽離子成分之中,就抑制液晶化合物之配向缺陷產生之觀點而言,較佳為有機之陽離子。作為有機之陽離子,例如可列舉咪唑鎓陽離子、吡啶鎓陽離子、銨陽離子、鋶陽離子、及鏻陽離子。Examples of the cation component of the ionic compound include inorganic cations and organic cations. Among the cationic components of the plasma compound, from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of alignment defects of the liquid crystal compound, organic cations are preferred. Examples of organic cations include imidazolium cations, pyridinium cations, ammonium cations, ammonium cations, and phosphonium cations.

另一方面,離子性化合物一般具有抗衡陰離子。作為成為上述陽離子成分之抗衡離子的陰離子成分,例如可列舉無機之陰離子或有機之陰離子。該等陰離子成分之中,就抑制液晶化合物之配向缺陷產生之觀點而言,較佳為有機之陰離子。又,陽離子與陰離子並非必須一對一地對應。作為陰離子成分,例如可列舉如下者。
氯化物陰離子[Cl- ]、
溴化物陰離子[Br- ]、
碘化物陰離子[I- ]、
四氯鋁酸根陰離子[AlCl4 - ]、
七氯二鋁酸根陰離子[Al2 Cl7 - ]、
四氟硼酸根陰離子[BF4 - ]、
六氟磷酸根陰離子[PF6 - ]、
過氯酸根陰離子[ClO4 - ]、
硝酸根陰離子[NO3 - ]、
乙酸根陰離子[CH3 COO- ]、
三氟乙酸根陰離子[CF3 COO- ]、
氟磺酸根陰離子[FSO3 - ]、
甲磺酸根陰離子[CH3 SO3 - ]、
三氟甲磺酸根陰離子[CF3 SO3 - ]、
對甲苯磺酸根陰離子[p-CH3 C6 H4 SO3 - ]、
雙(氟磺醯)亞胺陰離子[(FSO2 )2 N- ]、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺陰離子[(CF3 SO2 )2 N- ]、
三(三氟甲磺醯)甲烷陰離子[(CF3 SO2 )3 C- ]、
六氟砷酸根陰離子[AsF6 - ]、
六氟銻酸根陰離子[SbF6 - ]、
六氟鈮酸根陰離子[NbF6 - ]、
六氟鉭酸根陰離子[TaF6 - ]、
二甲基次膦酸根陰離子[(CH3 )2 POO- ]、
(聚)氫氟氟化物陰離子[F(HF)n - ](例如,n表示1~3之整數)、
二氰亞胺陰離子[(CN)2 N- ]、
硫氰化物陰離子[SCN- ]、
全氟丁磺酸根陰離子[C4 F9 SO3 - ]、
雙(五氟乙磺醯)亞胺陰離子[(C2F5 SO2 )2 N- ]、
全氟丁酸根陰離子[C3 F7 COO- ]、及
(三氟甲磺醯基)(三氟甲烷羰基)醯亞胺陰離子[(CF3 SO2 )(CF3 CO)N- ]。
On the other hand, ionic compounds generally have counter anions. Examples of the anion component that becomes the counter ion of the above-mentioned cationic component include inorganic anions and organic anions. Among these anion components, from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of alignment defects of the liquid crystal compound, organic anions are preferred. In addition, the cation and the anion need not correspond one-to-one. Examples of the anionic component include the following.
Chloride anions [Cl -],
Bromide anion [Br -],
Iodide anion [I -],
Tetrachloroaluminate anion [AlCl 4 -],
Heptachlor aluminum anions [Al 2 Cl 7 -],
Tetrafluoroborate anion [BF 4 -],
Hexafluorophosphate anions [PF 6 -],
Perchlorate anion [ClO 4 -],
Nitrate anions [NO 3 -],
Acetate anion [CH 3 COO -],
Trifluoroacetic acid anion [CF 3 COO -],
Fluorosulfonic acid anion [FSO 3 -],
Methanesulfonate anion [CH 3 SO 3 -],
Trifluoromethanesulfonic acid anion [CF 3 SO 3 -],
P-toluenesulfonate anion [p-CH 3 C 6 H 4 SO 3 -],
Bis (fluoromethyl sulfonylurea) imide anion [(FSO 2) 2 N - ],
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl XI) imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2) 2 N -],
Tris (trifluoromethanesulfonyl XI) methane anion [(CF 3 SO 2) 3 C -],
Hexafluoroarsenate anion [AsF 6 -],
Hexafluoroantimonate anion [SbF 6 -],
Niobium hexafluorophosphate anion [NbF 6 -],
Tantalum hexafluorophosphate anion [TaF 6 -],
Dimethyl phosphinate anion [(CH 3) 2 POO - ],
(Poly) Hydrogen Fluoride anion [F (HF) n -] ( for example, n represents an integer of 1 to 3),
Dicyanimide anion [(CN) 2 N -] ,
Thiocyanate anion [SCN -],
Perfluorobutane sulfonate anion [C 4 F 9 SO 3 - ],
Bis (pentafluoroethane sulfonylurea) imide anion [(C2F 5 SO 2) 2 N -],
Perfluoro butyrate anion [C 3 F 7 COO -] , and
(Trifluoromethanesulfonyl acyl) (trifluoromethane-carbonyl) acyl imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2) ( CF 3 CO) N -].

作為離子性化合物之具體例,可自上述陽離子成分與陰離子成分之組合適當選擇。作為具體之陽離子成分與陰離子成分組合之化合物,可列舉如下者。As a specific example of the ionic compound, it can be appropriately selected from the combination of the above-mentioned cationic component and anionic component. As specific compounds in which the cationic component and the anionic component are combined, the following can be mentioned.

(吡啶鎓鹽)
六氟磷酸N-己基吡啶鎓、
六氟磷酸N-辛基吡啶鎓、
六氟磷酸N-甲基-4-己基吡啶鎓、
六氟磷酸N-丁基-4-甲基吡啶鎓、
六氟磷酸N-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓、
雙(氟磺醯)亞胺N-己基吡啶鎓、
雙(氟磺醯)亞胺N-辛基吡啶鎓、
雙(氟磺醯)亞胺N-甲基-4-己基吡啶鎓、
雙(氟磺醯)亞胺N-丁基-4-甲基吡啶鎓、
雙(氟磺醯)亞胺N-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺N-己基吡啶鎓、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺N-辛基吡啶鎓、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺N-甲基-4-己基吡啶鎓、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺N-丁基-4-甲基吡啶鎓、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺N-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓、
對甲苯磺酸N-己基吡啶鎓、
對甲苯磺酸N-辛基吡啶鎓、
對甲苯磺酸N-甲基-4-己基吡啶鎓、
對甲苯磺酸N-丁基-4-甲基吡啶鎓、及
對甲苯磺酸N-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓。
(Pyridinium salt)
N-hexylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-octylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-methyl-4-hexylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-butyl-4-methylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-octyl-4-methylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
Bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide N-hexylpyridinium,
Bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide N-octylpyridinium,
Bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide N-methyl-4-hexylpyridinium,
Bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide N-butyl-4-methylpyridinium,
Bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide N-octyl-4-methylpyridinium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide N-hexylpyridinium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide N-octylpyridinium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide N-methyl-4-hexylpyridinium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide N-butyl-4-methylpyridinium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide N-octyl-4-methylpyridinium,
N-hexylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate,
N-octylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate,
N-methyl-4-hexylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate,
N-butyl-4-methylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate and N-octyl-4-methylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate.

(咪唑鎓鹽)
六氟磷酸1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓、
雙(氟磺醯)亞胺1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓、
對甲苯磺酸1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓、
甲磺酸1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓等。
(Imidazolium salt)
1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium hexafluorophosphate,
Bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium,
1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium p-toluenesulfonate,
1-Butyl-3-methylimidazolium methanesulfonate, etc.

(吡咯啶鎓鹽)
六氟磷酸N-丁基-N-甲基吡咯啶鎓、
雙(氟磺醯)亞胺N-丁基-N-甲基吡咯啶鎓、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺N-丁基-N-甲基吡咯啶鎓、
對甲苯磺酸N-丁基-N-甲基吡咯啶鎓等。
(Pyrrolidinium salt)
N-butyl-N-methylpyrrolidinium hexafluorophosphate,
Bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide N-butyl-N-methylpyrrolidinium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide N-butyl-N-methylpyrrolidinium,
P-toluenesulfonic acid N-butyl-N-methylpyrrolidinium and so on.

(銨鹽)
六氟磷酸四丁基銨、
雙(氟磺醯)亞胺四丁基銨、
雙(氟磺醯)亞胺四己基銨、
雙(氟磺醯)亞胺三辛基甲基銨、
雙(氟磺醯)亞胺(2-羥基乙基)三甲基銨、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺四丁基銨、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺四己基銨、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺三辛基甲基銨、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺(2-羥基乙基)三甲基銨、
對甲苯磺酸四丁基銨、
對甲苯磺酸四己基銨、
對甲苯磺酸三辛基甲基銨、
對甲苯磺酸(2-羥基乙基)三甲基銨、
二甲基亞膦酸(2-羥基乙基)三甲基銨、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺1-(3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基)-1,1,1-三丁基銨、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺1-(3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基)-1,1,1-三甲基銨、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺1-(3-三甲氧基矽烷基丁基)-1,1,1-三丁基銨、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺1-(3-三甲氧基矽烷基丁基)-1,1,1-三甲基銨、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺N-{(3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基)胺甲醯氧基乙基)}-N,N,N-三甲基銨、及
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺N-[2-{3-(3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基胺基)-1-側氧基丙氧基}乙基]-N,N,N-三甲基銨。
(Ammonium salt)
Tetrabutylammonium hexafluorophosphate,
Bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide tetrabutylammonium,
Bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide tetrahexylammonium,
Bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide trioctylmethylammonium,
Bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide (2-hydroxyethyl) trimethylammonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide tetrabutylammonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide tetrahexylammonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide trioctylmethylammonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide (2-hydroxyethyl) trimethylammonium,
Tetrabutylammonium p-toluenesulfonate,
Tetrahexylammonium p-toluenesulfonate,
Trioctylmethyl ammonium p-toluenesulfonate,
P-toluenesulfonic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) trimethylammonium,
Dimethylphosphinic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) trimethylammonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide 1- (3-trimethoxysilylpropyl) -1,1,1-tributylammonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide 1- (3-trimethoxysilylpropyl) -1,1,1-trimethylammonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide 1- (3-trimethoxysilylbutyl) -1,1,1-tributylammonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide 1- (3-trimethoxysilylbutyl) -1,1,1-trimethylammonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide N-{(3-triethoxysilylpropyl) aminemethyloxyethyl)}-N, N, N-trimethylammonium, and bis (tris (Fluorosulfonamide) imine N- [2- {3- (3-trimethoxysilylpropylamino) -1-oxopropoxy} ethyl] -N, N, N-trimethyl Ammonium.

(鏻鹽)
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺三丁基(2-甲氧基乙基)鏻、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺三丁基甲基鏻、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺1,1,1-三甲基-1-[(三甲氧基矽烷基)甲基]鏻、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺1,1,1-三甲基-1-[2-(三甲氧基矽烷基)乙基]鏻、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺1,1,1-三甲基-1-[3-(三甲氧基矽烷基)丙基]鏻、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺1,1,1-三甲基-1-[4-(三甲氧基矽烷基)丁基]鏻、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺1,1,1-三丁基-1-[(三甲氧基矽烷基)甲基]鏻、
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺1,1,1-三丁基-1-[2-(三甲氧基矽烷基)乙基]鏻、及
雙(三氟甲磺醯)亞胺1,1,1-三丁基-1-[3-(三甲氧基矽烷基)丙基]鏻。
(Phosphonium salt)
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide tributyl (2-methoxyethyl) phosphonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide tributylmethylphosphonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide 1,1,1-trimethyl-1-[(trimethoxysilyl) methyl] phosphonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide 1,1,1-trimethyl-1- [2- (trimethoxysilyl) ethyl] phosphonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide 1,1,1-trimethyl-1- [3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl] phosphonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide 1,1,1-trimethyl-1- [4- (trimethoxysilyl) butyl] phosphonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide 1,1,1-tributyl-1-[(trimethoxysilyl) methyl] phosphonium,
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide 1,1,1-tributyl-1- [2- (trimethoxysilyl) ethyl] phosphonium, and bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide 1, 1,1-tributyl-1- [3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl] phosphonium.

該等離子性化合物可分別單獨使用,或者亦可組合2種以上使用。又,就進一步提高液晶化合物之垂直配向性之觀點而言,離子性化合物較佳為於陽離子部位之分子結構中具有Si元素及/或F元素。
其原因在於,若離子性化合物於陽離子部位之分子結構中具有Si元素及/或F元素,則能夠使離子性化合物偏析至垂直配向液晶硬化膜之表面。該等離子性化合物之中,較佳為整體由非金屬元素構成之離子性化合物(更具體而言為下述離子性化合物(1)~(3)等)。
These plasma compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of further improving the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound, the ionic compound preferably has Si element and / or F element in the molecular structure of the cation site.
The reason is that if the ionic compound has Si element and / or F element in the molecular structure of the cation site, the ionic compound can be segregated to the surface of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. Among the ionic compounds, ionic compounds composed of non-metallic elements as a whole (preferably, the following ionic compounds (1) to (3), etc.) are preferred.

(離子性化合物(1))
[化1]

(離子性化合物(2))
[化2]

(離子性化合物(3))
[化3]
(Ionic compound (1))
[Chem 1]

(Ionic compound (2))
[Chem 2]

(Ionic compound (3))
[Chemical 3]

作為提高液晶化合物之垂直配向性之方法,例如可列舉使用具有一定程度鏈長較長之烷基之界面活性劑對基材表面進行處理之方法。該方法例如記載於「液晶便覽」之第2章 液晶之配向與物性(丸善股份有限公司發行)等。如此藉由界面活性劑而提高液晶化合物之垂直配向性之方法可應用於離子性化合物。即,作為提高液晶化合物之垂直配向性之方法,例如可列舉使用具有一定程度鏈長較長之烷基之離子性化合物對基材表面進行處理之方法。更具體而言,就提高液晶化合物之垂直配向性之觀點而言,離子性化合物較佳為滿足下述式(10)。
5<M<16 (10)
式(10)中,M由下述式(11)表示。
M=(直接鍵結於具有正電荷之原子上之取代基中,至分子鏈末端之共價鍵數最多之取代基的自具有正電荷之原子起至分子鏈末端之共價鍵數)÷(具有正電荷之原子之數) (11)
As a method of improving the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound, for example, a method of treating the surface of the substrate with a surfactant having an alkyl group with a long chain length to a certain extent can be cited. This method is described, for example, in Chapter 2 of the "Liquid Crystal Handbook", the alignment and physical properties of liquid crystals (issued by Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The method of improving the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound by the surfactant can be applied to ionic compounds. That is, as a method of improving the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound, for example, a method of treating the surface of the substrate with an ionic compound having an alkyl group with a long chain length to a certain extent can be cited. More specifically, from the viewpoint of improving the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound, the ionic compound preferably satisfies the following formula (10).
5 < M < 16 (10)
In formula (10), M is represented by the following formula (11).
M = (number of covalent bonds from the atom with positive charge to the end of the molecular chain from the atom with positive charge to the substituent with the most covalent bonds to the end of the molecular chain among the substituents directly bonded to the atom with positive charge) ÷ (Number of atoms with positive charge) (11)

再者,於在離子性化合物之分子中存在2個以上具有正電荷之原子之情形時,關於具有2個以上具有正電荷之原子之取代基,將自視作基點之具有正電荷之原子開始算起,至最近之另一具有正電荷之原子的共價鍵數作為上述M之定義中記載之「自具有正電荷之原子起至分子鏈末端之共價鍵數」。又,於離子性化合物為具有2個以上重複單元之低聚物或聚合物之情形時,將結構單元視作一分子,算出上述M。於具有正電荷之原子組入至環結構之情形時,將經由環結構至該具有正電荷之原子之共價鍵數、或至環結構上鍵結之取代基之末端之共價鍵數中共價鍵數較多者作為上述M之定義中所記載之「自具有正電荷之原子起至分子鏈末端之共價鍵數」。Furthermore, when there are more than two positively charged atoms in the molecule of the ionic compound, the substituent with more than two positively charged atoms will start from the positively charged atom as the base point Calculated, the number of covalent bonds to the nearest positively charged atom is taken as the "number of covalent bonds from the positively charged atom to the end of the molecular chain" described in the definition of M above. In addition, when the ionic compound is an oligomer or polymer having two or more repeating units, the structural unit is regarded as one molecule, and the above M is calculated. When atoms with positive charges are incorporated into the ring structure, the number of covalent bonds through the ring structure to the atoms with positive charges, or to the end of the substituents bonded to the ring structure Those with a larger number of valence bonds are referred to as "the number of covalent bonds from the atom with a positive charge to the end of the molecular chain" described in the definition of M above.

離子性化合物之含有率通常相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物之固形物成分,較佳為0.01~5質量%,更佳為0.05~4質量%,進而較佳為0.1~3質量%。若離子性化合物之含有率於該組合物之固形物成分中為0.01質量%以上,則液晶化合物之垂直配向性進一步提昇,若離子性化合物之含有率相對於該組合物之固形物成分為5質量%以下,則該組合物之塗佈性不易降低。The content of the ionic compound is usually 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 4% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass relative to the solid content of the composition for forming a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. . If the content of the ionic compound is 0.01% by mass or more in the solid content of the composition, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound is further improved, and if the content of the ionic compound is 5 relative to the solid content of the composition Below mass%, the applicability of the composition is not likely to decrease.

[3.液晶化合物]
作為可形成本發明之垂直配向液晶硬化膜之液晶化合物,例如可列舉具有下述式(I)-1:
[化4]

[式(I)-1中,Ar表示具有2個以上之環結構之2價基,該2個以上之環結構中之1個為6員環,該6員環之1位及4位與L1 及L2 鍵結,
L1 及L2 分別獨立單鍵或二價連結基,
G1 及G2 分別獨立表示二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基,該二價芳香族基及該二價脂環式烴基所包含之氫原子可分別獨立被取代為鹵素原子、碳數1~4之烷基、碳數1~4之氟烷基、碳數1~4之烷氧基、氰基、或硝基,該二價芳香族基及該二價脂環式烴基所包含之碳原子可分別獨立被取代為氧原子、硫原子、或氮原子,
*表示鍵結鍵]
所表示之結構之液晶化合物(以下,有時記為液晶化合物(I)-1)。
[3. Liquid crystal compound]
Examples of the liquid crystal compound that can form the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film of the present invention include the following formula (I) -1:
[Chem 4]

[In formula (I) -1, Ar represents a divalent group having two or more ring structures, one of the two or more ring structures is a 6-membered ring, and the 1 and 4 positions of the 6-membered ring are combined with L 1 and L 2 bonding,
L 1 and L 2 are independently a single bond or a divalent linking group,
G 1 and G 2 independently represent a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and the hydrogen atoms contained in the divalent aromatic group and the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be independently replaced by halogen atoms, carbon Alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, cyano group, or nitro group, the divalent aromatic group and the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group The carbon atoms contained can be independently replaced by oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, or nitrogen atoms,
* Indicating key bonding]
Liquid crystal compound of the indicated structure (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as liquid crystal compound (I) -1).

液晶化合物(I)-1於式(I)-1中,Ar表示具有2個以上之環結構之2價基,該2個以上之環結構中之1個為6員環,該6員環之1、4位與L1 及L2 鍵結,故而有形成T字型之結構之傾向。具有此種結構之化合物一般有顯示逆波長分散性之傾向。因此,液晶化合物(I)-1表現出逆波長分散性。另一方面,液晶化合物(I)-1由於具有T字型結構,故而通常單獨時不易進行垂直配向。於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之製作中,藉由使垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物包含非離子性矽烷化合物或離子性化合物,可使液晶化合物(I)-1之垂直配向性充分提昇。而且,垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物較佳為同時包含非離子性矽烷化合物及離子性化合物。Liquid crystal compound (I) -1 In formula (I) -1, Ar represents a divalent group having two or more ring structures, one of the two or more ring structures is a 6-membered ring, and the 6-membered ring The 1, 4 bits are bonded to L 1 and L 2 , so there is a tendency to form a T-shaped structure. Compounds having such a structure generally have a tendency to show reverse wavelength dispersion. Therefore, the liquid crystal compound (I) -1 exhibits reverse wavelength dispersion. On the other hand, since the liquid crystal compound (I) -1 has a T-shaped structure, it is generally not easy to perform vertical alignment when alone. In the production of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound (I) -1 can be sufficiently improved by including the non-ionic silane compound or the ionic compound in the composition for forming the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film. Furthermore, the composition for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film preferably contains both a nonionic silane compound and an ionic compound.

Ar表示具有2個以上之環結構之2價基。於本說明書中,Ar所具有之環結構之單位為單環。例如,於下述液晶化合物A、(A)-2、及(A)-3中,Ar分別具有4個、2個、及3個環結構。2個以上之環結構可2個以上之單環縮合而相互相鄰,亦可2個以上之單環經由化學鍵而相互鍵結,亦可2個以上之單環不縮合且不經由化學鍵地相鄰。以下,有時將第1種態樣記為縮合型,將第2種態樣記為鍵結型,將第3種態樣記為螺環型。又,可單環經由化學鍵與單環縮合而成之縮合環(多環)相互鍵結,亦可多環與多環經由化學鍵相互鍵結。以下,有時將此種態樣記為鍵結縮合型。下述液晶化合物A、(A)-2、及(A)-3分別為鍵結縮合型、縮合型、及鍵結型。將鍵結型、及鍵結縮合型中之2個以上之環鍵結之化學鍵例如可包含如共軛雙鍵(更具體而言為-C=C-及-C=N-等)及羰基般擴展共軛系之空間上之擴散的鍵或基。Ar represents a divalent group having two or more ring structures. In this specification, the unit of the ring structure possessed by Ar is a single ring. For example, in the following liquid crystal compounds A, (A) -2, and (A) -3, Ar has four, two, and three ring structures, respectively. Two or more ring structures can be condensed by two or more single rings adjacent to each other, or more than two single rings can be bonded to each other through a chemical bond, or more than two single rings can not be condensed and do not pass through a chemical bond adjacent. Hereinafter, the first aspect may be described as a condensation type, the second aspect may be described as a bonding type, and the third aspect may be described as a spiral ring type. In addition, a condensed ring (polycyclic ring) formed by condensing a single ring and a single ring through a chemical bond may be bonded to each other, or a polycyclic ring and a polycyclic ring may be bonded to each other through a chemical bond. Hereinafter, such a form is sometimes referred to as a bonding condensation type. The following liquid crystal compounds A, (A) -2, and (A) -3 are respectively a bonding condensation type, a condensation type, and a bonding type. The chemical bond that bonds two or more rings in the bonding type and the bonding condensation type may include, for example, a conjugated double bond (more specifically, -C = C- and -C = N-, etc.) and a carbonyl group The spreading bond or base of the conjugated system in general.

作為單環,例如可列舉單環式之烴環(更具體而言為環烷烴環及苯環等)、及單環式之雜環。作為單環式之雜環,例如可列舉5員環之雜環(更具體而言為吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、㗁唑環、咪唑環、吡唑環、噻唑環、三唑環、吡咯啶環、四氫呋喃環、及四氫噻吩環等)、及6員環之雜環(更具體而言為吡啶環、吡環、嘧啶環、噻環、及哌啶環等)。多環為具有2環以上之環結構之結構,該環結構可為芳香環,亦可為烴環。作為多環,例如可列舉包含縮合環及單環式之雜環者。縮合環例如為該等單環中同一種類之單環縮合2個以上而成之環、及不同種類之單環縮合2個以上而成之環。作為縮合環,例如可列舉多環式之烴環(更具體而言為萘環、蒽環、及菲環等)、及多環式之雜環(更具體而言為喹啉環、喹㗁啉環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、茀環、吲哚環、咔唑環、苯并咪唑環、苯并噻唑環、噻吩并噻唑環、苯并㗁唑環、1,3-苯二硫酚環、及啡啉環等)。該等縮合環中,就表現逆波長分散特性之觀點而言,較佳為多環結構,更佳為多環式之雜環結構。Examples of monocyclic rings include monocyclic hydrocarbon rings (more specifically, cycloalkane rings, benzene rings, etc.) and monocyclic heterocycles. Examples of monocyclic heterocycles include 5-membered heterocycles (more specifically, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, oxazole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, thiazole ring, triazole ring, Pyrrolidine ring, tetrahydrofuran ring, tetrahydrothiophene ring, etc.), and 6-membered heterocyclic ring (more specifically, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, thi ring, piperidine ring, etc.). The polycyclic ring is a structure having a ring structure of 2 or more rings. The ring structure may be an aromatic ring or a hydrocarbon ring. Examples of polycyclic rings include those containing condensed rings and monocyclic heterocycles. The condensed ring is, for example, a ring formed by condensing two or more monocyclic rings of the same kind among these single rings, and a ring formed by condensing two or more monocyclic rings of different kinds. Examples of the condensed ring include polycyclic hydrocarbon rings (more specifically, naphthalene rings, anthracene rings, and phenanthrene rings), and polycyclic heterocycles (more specifically, quinoline rings and quinolines). Porphyrin ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, stilbene ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, benzimidazole ring, benzothiazole ring, thienothiazole ring, benzoxazole ring, 1,3-benzene Dithiol ring, morpholine ring, etc.). Among these condensed rings, from the viewpoint of exhibiting inverse wavelength dispersion characteristics, a polycyclic structure is preferred, and a polycyclic heterocyclic structure is more preferred.

單環及多環可具有取代基。作為單環及多環可具有之取代基,例如可列舉氫原子、碳數1~20之烷基、及碳數1~20之烷氧基,該等取代基可進而具有氰基、亞胺基、烷多烯基、氰基、或胺基,該取代基中之碳原子可進而被取代為氧原子、氮原子、或硫原子(於該情形時,鍵結於碳原子上之氫原子可根據取代之原子之價數而增減)。該等取代基之中,可如亞胺基、烷多烯基、氰基、羥基、及胺基般擴展共軛系之空間上之擴散。該等取代基可進而經取代。Monocyclic and polycyclic rings may have substituents. Examples of the substituents that the monocyclic ring and the polycyclic ring may have include, for example, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Group, alkyl polyalkenyl group, cyano group, or amine group, the carbon atom in the substituent can be further replaced by an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom (in this case, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom It can be increased or decreased according to the valence of the replaced atom). Among these substituents, the spatial diffusion of the conjugated system can be expanded like an imino group, an alkyl polyalkenyl group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, and an amine group. These substituents may be further substituted.

作為Ar所具有之6員環,例如可列舉苯環及環己烷環。6員環可包含雜原子作為環員原子。作為包含6員環之縮合環,例如可列舉喹啉環、喹㗁啉環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、茀環、吲哚環、咔唑環、苯并咪唑環、苯并噻唑環、噻吩并噻唑環、苯并㗁唑環、1,3-苯二硫酚環、及啡啉環。Examples of the 6-membered ring which Ar has include a benzene ring and a cyclohexane ring. The 6-membered ring may contain hetero atoms as ring member atoms. Examples of the condensed ring containing a 6-membered ring include quinoline ring, quinoline ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, stilbene ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, benzimidazole ring, benzothiazole Ring, thienothiazole ring, benzoxazole ring, 1,3-benzenedithiol ring, and morpholine ring.

就進一步提昇偏光板之逆波長分散性之觀點而言,Ar較佳為表示包含具有1個以上之硫原子之環結構作為環員原子之2價基。就使逆波長分散性進一步提昇之觀點而言,Ar較佳為表示下述式所表示之2價基。*表示鍵結鍵。
[化5]

上述式中,X1 、X2 、及X3 分別獨立選自CR1X 、R2X 、NR3X 、硫原子、及氧原子之任一者。R1X 、R2X 、及R3X 分別獨立表示氫原子或碳數1~4之烷基。
U包含至少1個環結構,作為該環結構,可列舉包含上述段落0041~0043所記載之單環及/或多環之結構,
Y可為任意之取代基,就提昇逆波長分散性之觀點而言,較佳為包含至少1個以上之環結構,作為該環結構,可列舉包含上述段落0041~0043所記載之單環及/或多環之結構。
L10 為二價連結基,表示單鍵、-O-CO-O-、-N=N-、-C≡C-、-CRa =CRb -、-CH=N-N=CH-、或-CRc =N-。
L11 為二價連結基,表示單鍵、-CO-、-COO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NH-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-CH2 CH2 -COO-、-CH2 CH2 -OCO-、-CH2 -COO-、-CH2 -OCO-、-N=N-、-C≡C-、-CRd =CRe -、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CRf =N-、-CRg =N-NRh -、-N=N-CRi Rj -、-N=CRk -CRl Rm -、-N=CRn -NRo -、-CRp =CRq -NRr -、或-CRs Rt -Nu =CRx 。此處,Rc ~Rg 分別獨立表示氫原子或碳數1~10之烷基,該烷基中之碳原子可被取代為氮原子、氧原子、硫原子(於該情形時,可根據原子價數適當增減氫原子數)。
Z表示可鍵結氫原子或取代基之第14~16族之非金屬原子。就提昇逆波長分散性之觀點而言,Z較佳為具有選自由:擴張共軛系之空間上之擴散之結構(更具體而言為雙鍵部位、三鍵部位、以及滿足休克爾定律之芳香環及雜環等),及選自氮原子及硫原子之原子所組成之群中之至少一種以上。
From the viewpoint of further improving the reverse wavelength dispersion of the polarizing plate, Ar preferably represents a divalent group including a ring structure having one or more sulfur atoms as ring member atoms. From the viewpoint of further improving the reverse wavelength dispersion, Ar preferably represents a divalent group represented by the following formula. * Indicating bonding key.
[Chemical 5]

In the above formula, X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently selected from any one of CR 1X , R 2X , NR 3X , sulfur atom, and oxygen atom. R 1X , R 2X , and R 3X each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 alkyl group.
U contains at least one ring structure, and examples of the ring structure include structures including the single ring and / or multiple rings described in paragraphs 0041 to 0043,
Y may be any substituent. From the viewpoint of improving the inverse wavelength dispersion, it is preferable to include at least one ring structure. Examples of the ring structure include the single ring described in paragraphs 0041 to 0043 and / Or multi-ring structure.
L 10 is a divalent linking group, representing a single bond, -O-CO-O-, -N = N-, -C≡C-, -CR a = CR b- , -CH = NN = CH-, or- CR c = N-.
L 11 is a divalent linking group and represents a single bond, -CO-, -COO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -CH = CH-COO-, -CH = CH-OCO-, -CH 2 CH 2 -COO-, -CH 2 CH 2 -OCO-, -CH 2 -COO-, -CH 2 -OCO-, -N = N-, -C≡C-, -CR d = CR e -, -CH = NN = CH-, -CR f = N-, -CR g = N-NR h- , -N = N-CR i R j- , -N = CR k -CR l R m- , -N = CR n -NR o- , -CR p = CR q -NR r- , or -CR s R t -N u = CR x . Here, R c to R g independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and the carbon atom in the alkyl group may be substituted with a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom (in this case, according to The atomic valence number appropriately increases or decreases the number of hydrogen atoms).
Z represents a nonmetallic atom of Group 14 to Group 16 to which a hydrogen atom or a substituent can be bonded. From the viewpoint of improving the inverse wavelength dispersion, Z preferably has a structure selected from the group consisting of: expansion of the spatial diffusion of the conjugated system (more specifically, double bond sites, triple bond sites, and those satisfying Huckel's law Aromatic rings, heterocycles, etc.), and at least one kind selected from the group consisting of nitrogen atoms and sulfur atoms.

作為L1 及L2 所表示之二價連結基,例如可列舉碳數1~4之伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-Ra1 ORa2 -、-Ra3 COORa4 -、-Ra5 OCORa6 -、Ra7 OC=OORa8 -、-N=N-、-CRc =CRd -、及-C≡C-。此處,Ra1 ~Ra8 分別獨立表示單鍵或碳數1~4之伸烷基(更具體而言為亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、及伸丁基等),Rc 及Rd 分別獨立表示碳數1~4之烷基(更具體而言為甲基、乙基、丙基、及丁基等)或氫原子。Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 and L 2 include an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a1 OR a2- , -R a3 COOR a4 -,- R a5 OCOR a6- , R a7 OC = OOR a8- , -N = N-, -CR c = CR d- , and -C≡C-. Here, R a1 to R a8 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (more specifically, methylene, ethylidene, propylidene, butylidene, etc.), R c And R d independently represent a C 1-4 alkyl group (more specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, etc.) or a hydrogen atom.

L1 及L2 較佳為分別獨立表示單鍵、碳數1~4之伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-Ra1 ORa2 -、-Ra3 COORa4 -、-Ra5 OCORa6 -、Ra7 OC=OORa8 -、-N=N-、-CRc =CRd -、或-C≡C-。L1 及L2 更佳為分別獨立表示單鍵、-ORa2-1 -、-CH2 -、-CH2 CH2 -、-COORa4-1 -、或OCORa6-1 -。此處,Ra2-1 、Ra4-1 、及Ra6-1 分別獨立表示單鍵、-CH2 -、或-CH2 CH2 -。L1 及L2 進而較佳為分別獨立表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 CH2 -、-COO-、-COOCH2 CH2 -、或-OCO-。L 1 and L 2 preferably independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a1 OR a2- , -R a3 COOR a4- , -R a5 OCOR a6- , R a7 OC = OOR a8- , -N = N-, -CR c = CR d- , or -C≡C-. More preferably, L 1 and L 2 independently represent a single bond, -OR a2-1- , -CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , -COOR a4-1- , or OCOR a6-1- . Here, R a2-1 , R a4-1 and R a6-1 each independently represent a single bond, -CH 2- , or -CH 2 CH 2- . L 1 and L 2 preferably further independently represent a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 CH 2- , -COO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2- , or -OCO-.

作為G1 及G2 所表示之二價芳香族基,例如可列舉伸苯二基及伸萘二基(naphthylylenediyl)。二價芳香族基可經鹵素原子(更具體而言為氟原子、氯原子、及溴原子等)或碳數1~4之烷基之類之取代基取代。二價芳香族基可具有雜原子(更具體而言為氧原子、硫原子、及氮原子等)作為環員原子。作為G1 及G2 所表示之二價脂環式烴基,例如可列舉環戊二基、環己二基、及環庚二基。二價脂環式烴基可經鹵素原子及碳數1~4之烷基之類之取代基取代。Examples of the divalent aromatic group represented by G 1 and G 2 include phenylenediyl and naphthylylenediyl. The divalent aromatic group may be substituted with a substituent such as a halogen atom (more specifically a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.) or a C 1-4 alkyl group. The divalent aromatic group may have a hetero atom (more specifically, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, etc.) as a ring member atom. Examples of the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group represented by G 1 and G 2 include cyclopentadiyl, cyclohexanediyl, and cycloheptadiyl. The divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a substituent such as a halogen atom and a C 1-4 alkyl group.

本說明書中,芳香族基係指具有平面性之環狀結構之基,該環狀結構所具有之π電子數依據休克爾定律為[4n+2]個(n表示1以上之正整數)。於包含-N=及S-之類之雜原子作為環員原子而形成環狀結構之情形時,亦包括包含該等雜原子上之非共價鍵電子對在內滿足休克爾定律,具有芳香族性之情形。In this specification, the aromatic group refers to a group having a planar ring structure, and the number of π electrons possessed by the ring structure is [4n + 2] (n represents a positive integer of 1 or more) according to Huckel's law. When heteroatoms such as -N = and S- are used as ring members to form a ring structure, non-covalent bond electron pairs including these heteroatoms also satisfy Huckel's law and are aromatic The situation of ethnicity.

G1 及G2 較佳為分別獨立為可經選自由鹵素原子及碳數1~4之烷基所組成之群中之至少1個取代基取代的1,4-伸苯二基、可經選自由鹵素原子及碳數1~4之烷基所組成之群中之至少1個取代基取代的1,4-環己二基,更佳為經甲基取代之1,4-伸苯二基、未經取代之1,4-伸苯二基、或未經取代之1,4-反式環己二基,尤佳為未經取代之1,4-伸苯二基、或未經取代之1,4-反式環己二基。又,較佳為存在複數個之G1 及G2 中之至少1個為二價脂環式烴基,又,更佳為鍵結於L1 或L2 之G1 及G2 中之至少1個為二價脂環式烴基。G 1 and G 2 are preferably independently 1,4-phenylenediyl, which can be substituted by at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. 1,4-cyclohexanediyl substituted by at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms and alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably 1,4-phenylene disubstituted with methyl Group, unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl, or unsubstituted 1,4-transcyclohexanediyl, preferably unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl, or unsubstituted Substituted 1,4-trans cyclohexanediyl. Further, it is preferred that at least one of the plurality of G 1 and G 2 is a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and it is more preferred that at least 1 of G 1 and G 2 bonded to L 1 or L 2 is A divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group.

液晶化合物(I)-1較佳為於波長260~400 nm之區域具有極大吸收。於液晶化合物(I)-1具備具有雜原子之芳香族基或使共軛系擴張之結構之情形時,與苯環相比,近紫外區域之吸收向長波長側偏移,因此多數情況下於260 nm以上之波長區域具有極大吸收,若如此於260 nm以上之波長區域具有極大吸收,則就提高逆波長分散性之觀點而言較佳。又,於在大於波長400 nm之波長區域具有極大吸收之情形時,有產生著色之情況,故而液晶化合物(I)-1較佳為於波長400 nm以下之區域具有極大吸收。進而,就進一步提高波長分散性之觀點而言,更佳為於波長280 nm以上400 nm以下之區域具有極大吸收,進而較佳為於波長300 nm以上400 nm以下之區域具有極大吸收。The liquid crystal compound (I) -1 preferably has a maximum absorption in the region of wavelength 260-400 nm. In the case where the liquid crystal compound (I) -1 has an aromatic group having a hetero atom or a structure in which the conjugated system is expanded, the absorption in the near-ultraviolet region shifts toward the long wavelength side compared to the benzene ring, so in many cases It has a maximum absorption in the wavelength region of 260 nm or more. If it has a maximum absorption in the wavelength region of 260 nm or more, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the inverse wavelength dispersion. In addition, when there is a maximum absorption in a wavelength region greater than the wavelength of 400 nm, coloring may occur, so the liquid crystal compound (I) -1 preferably has a maximum absorption in the region below the wavelength of 400 nm. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of further improving the wavelength dispersion, it is more preferable that the region with a wavelength of 280 nm or more and 400 nm or less has maximum absorption, and it is more preferable that the region with a wavelength of 300 nm or more and 400 nm or less have maximum absorption.

液晶化合物(I)-1較佳為具有下述式(I)-2:
[化6]

所表示之結構之液晶化合物(以下,有時記載為液晶化合物(I)-2)。
The liquid crystal compound (I) -1 preferably has the following formula (I) -2:
[化 6]

The liquid crystal compound of the structure shown (hereinafter, it may be described as liquid crystal compound (I) -2).

式(I)-2中,Ar表示具有2個以上之環結構之2價基,該2個以上之環結構中之1個為6員環,於該6員環之1位及4位與L1 及L2 鍵結,
L1 、L2 、及B1 分別獨立表示單鍵或二價連結基,
G1 、G2 、及G3 分別獨立表示二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基,該二價芳香族基及該二價脂環式烴基所包含之氫原子可分別獨立被取代為鹵素原子、碳數1~4之烷基、碳數1~4之氟烷基、碳數1~4之烷氧基、氰基、或硝基,該二價芳香族基及該二價脂環式烴基所包含之碳原子可分別獨立被取代為氧原子、硫原子、或氮原子,
*表示鍵結鍵。
In formula (I) -2, Ar represents a divalent group having two or more ring structures, one of the two or more ring structures is a 6-membered ring, and at the 1 and 4 positions of the 6-membered ring, L 1 and L 2 bonding,
L 1 , L 2 , and B 1 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group,
G 1 , G 2 , and G 3 each independently represent a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and the hydrogen atoms contained in the divalent aromatic group and the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be independently replaced by Halogen atom, alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, cyano group, or nitro group, the divalent aromatic group and the divalent lipid The carbon atoms contained in the cyclic hydrocarbon group may be independently replaced by oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, or nitrogen atoms,
* Indicates bonding key.

式(I)-2中之Ar、L1 、L2 、G1 、及G2 分別與式(I)-1中之Ar、L1 、L2 、G1 、及G2 含義相同。Of formula (I) Ar in the -2, L 1, L 2, G 1, and G 2, respectively of formula (I) Ar -1 in the same L 1, L 2, G 1 , G 2 and meanings.

B1 較佳為表示單鍵、碳數1~4之伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-Ra1 ORa2 -、-Ra3 COORa4 -、-Ra5 OCORa6 -、Ra7 OC=OORa8 -、-N=N-、-CRc =CRd -、或-C≡C-。L1 及L2 更佳為分別獨立表示單鍵、-ORa2-1 -、-CH2 -、-CH2 CH2 -、-COORa4-1 -、或-OCORa6-1 -。此處,Ra2-1 、Ra4-1 、Ra6-1 分別獨立表示單鍵、-CH2 -、或-CH2 CH2 -。L1 及L2 進而較佳為分別獨立表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 CH2 -、-COO-、-COOCH2 CH2 -、或-OCO-。B 1 preferably represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a1 OR a2- , -R a3 COOR a4- , -R a5 OCOR a6- , R a7 OC = OOR a8- , -N = N-, -CR c = CR d- , or -C≡C-. More preferably, L 1 and L 2 independently represent a single bond, -OR a2-1- , -CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , -COOR a4-1- , or -OCOR a6-1- . Here, R a2-1 , R a4-1 , and R a6-1 each independently represent a single bond, -CH 2- , or -CH 2 CH 2- . L 1 and L 2 preferably further independently represent a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 CH 2- , -COO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2- , or -OCO-.

作為G3 所表示之二價芳香族基,例如可列舉伸苯二基及伸萘二基。二價芳香族基可經鹵素原子(更具體而言為氟原子、氯原子、及溴原子等)或碳數1~4之烷基之類之取代基取代。作為G3 所表示之二價脂環式烴基,例如可列舉環戊二基、環己二基、及環庚二基。二價脂環式烴基可經鹵素原子或碳數1~4之烷基之類之取代基取代。Examples of the divalent aromatic group represented by G 3 include phenylenediyl and naphthalenediyl. The divalent aromatic group may be substituted with a substituent such as a halogen atom (more specifically a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.) or a C 1-4 alkyl group. Examples of the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group represented by G 3 include cyclopentadiyl, cyclohexanediyl, and cycloheptadiyl. The divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a substituent such as a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

G3 較佳為分別獨立為可經選自由鹵素原子及碳數1~4之烷基所組成之群中之至少1個取代基取代的1,4-伸苯二基、可經選自由鹵素原子及碳數1~4之烷基所組成之群中之至少1個取代基取代的1,4-環己二基,更佳為經甲基取代之1,4-伸苯二基、未經取代之1,4-伸苯二基、或未經取代之1,4-反式環己二基,尤佳為未經取代之1,4-伸苯二基、或未經取代之1,4-反式環己二基。G 3 is preferably independently 1,4-phenylenediyl which may be substituted by at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms and alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and may be selected from halogen 1,4-cyclohexanediyl substituted by at least one substituent in the group consisting of an atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably 1,4-phenylenediyl substituted with methyl, unsubstituted Substituted 1,4-phenylenediyl, or unsubstituted 1,4-transcyclohexanediyl, preferably unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl, or unsubstituted 1 , 4-transcyclohexanediyl.

液晶化合物(I)-1更佳為具有下述式(I)-3:
[化7]

所表示之結構之液晶化合物(以下,有時記載為液晶化合物(I)-3)。
The liquid crystal compound (I) -1 more preferably has the following formula (I) -3:
[化 7]

The liquid crystal compound of the structure shown (hereinafter, it may be described as liquid crystal compound (I) -3).

式(I)-3中,Ar表示具有2個以上之環結構之2價基,該2個以上之環結構中之1個為6員環,於該6員環之1位及4位與L1 及L2 鍵結,
L1 、L2 、B1 、及B2 分別獨立表示單鍵或二價連結基,
G1 、G2 、G3 、及G4 分別獨立表示二價芳香族基或二價脂環式烴基,該二價芳香族基或該二價脂環式烴基所包含之氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子、碳數1~4之烷基、碳數1~4之氟烷基、碳數1~4之烷氧基、氰基、或硝基,該二價芳香族基或該二價脂環式烴基所包含之碳原子可被取代為氧原子、硫原子、或氮原子,
*表示鍵結鍵。
In formula (I) -3, Ar represents a divalent group having two or more ring structures, one of the two or more ring structures is a 6-membered ring, and at the 1 and 4 positions of the 6-membered ring L 1 and L 2 bonding,
L 1 , L 2 , B 1 , and B 2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group,
G 1 , G 2 , G 3 , and G 4 each independently represent a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and the hydrogen atom contained in the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be substituted It is a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, or a nitro group, the divalent aromatic group or the divalent The carbon atoms contained in the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be replaced with oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, or nitrogen atoms,
* Indicates bonding key.

式(I)-3中之Ar、L1 、L2 、G1 、及G2 分別與式(I)-1中之Ar、L1 、L2 、G1 、及G2 含義相同。式(I)-3中之B1 及G3 分別與式(I)-2中之B1 及G3 含義相同。Ar in the formula (I) -3, L 1, L 2, G 1, and G 2, respectively of formula (I) Ar -1 in the same L 1, L 2, G 1 , G 2 and meanings. B 1 and G 3 in formula (I) -3 have the same meanings as B 1 and G 3 in formula (I) -2, respectively.

B2 較佳為表示單鍵、碳數1~4之伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-Ra1 ORa2 -、-Ra3 COORa4 -、-Ra5 OCORa6 -、Ra7 OC=OORa8 -、-N=N-、-CRc =CRd -、或-C≡C-。L1 及L2 更佳為分別獨立表示單鍵、-ORa2-1 -、-CH2 -、-CH2 CH2 -、-COORa4-1 -、或-OCORa6-1 -。此處,Ra2-1 、Ra4-1 、Ra6-1 分別獨立表示單鍵、-CH2 -、或-CH2 CH2 -。L1 及L2 進而較佳為分別獨立表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 CH2 -、-COO-、-COOCH2 CH2 -、或-OCO-。B 2 preferably represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a1 OR a2- , -R a3 COOR a4- , -R a5 OCOR a6- , R a7 OC = OOR a8- , -N = N-, -CR c = CR d- , or -C≡C-. More preferably, L 1 and L 2 independently represent a single bond, -OR a2-1- , -CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , -COOR a4-1- , or -OCOR a6-1- . Here, R a2-1 , R a4-1 , and R a6-1 each independently represent a single bond, -CH 2- , or -CH 2 CH 2- . L 1 and L 2 preferably further independently represent a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 CH 2- , -COO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2- , or -OCO-.

作為G4 所表示之二價芳香族基,例如可列舉伸苯二基或伸萘二基。二價芳香族基可經鹵素原子(更具體而言為氟原子、氯原子、及溴原子等)或碳數1~4之烷基之類之取代基取代。作為G3 所表示之二價脂環式烴基,例如可列舉環戊二基、環己二基、及環庚二基。二價脂環式烴基可經鹵素原子或碳數1~4之烷基之類之取代基取代。Examples of the divalent aromatic group represented by G 4 include phenylenediyl and naphthalenediyl. The divalent aromatic group may be substituted with a substituent such as a halogen atom (more specifically a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.) or a C 1-4 alkyl group. Examples of the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group represented by G 3 include cyclopentadiyl, cyclohexanediyl, and cycloheptadiyl. The divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a substituent such as a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

G4 較佳為可經選自由鹵素原子及碳數1~4之烷基所組成之群中之至少1個取代基取代的1,4-伸苯二基、可經選自由鹵素原子及碳數1~4之烷基所組成之群中之至少1個取代基取代的1,4-環己二基,更佳為經甲基取代之1,4-伸苯二基、未經取代之1,4-伸苯二基、或未經取代之1,4-反式環己二基,尤佳為未經取代之1,4-伸苯二基、或未經取代之1,4-反式環己二基。G 4 is preferably a 1,4-phenylenediyl group which may be substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms and alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and may be selected from halogen atoms and carbon atoms. 1,4-cyclohexanediyl substituted by at least one substituent in the group consisting of alkyl groups of 1 to 4 is more preferably 1,4-phenylenediyl substituted by methyl, unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl, or unsubstituted 1,4-transcyclohexanediyl, particularly preferably unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl, or unsubstituted 1,4- Transcyclohexanediyl.

液晶化合物(I)-1可具有1個以上之聚合性基。於本說明書中,聚合性基係指能夠藉由自光聚合起始劑產生之活性自由基或酸之類之活性種而參與聚合之基。作為聚合性基,例如可列舉環氧基、乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基、及氧雜環丁基。該等聚合性基之中,較佳為丙烯醯氧基及甲基丙烯醯氧基。於本說明書中,具有聚合性基之液晶化合物(I)-1可藉由聚合反應形成聚合物。The liquid crystal compound (I) -1 may have one or more polymerizable groups. In the present specification, a polymerizable group refers to a group that can participate in polymerization by an active species such as an active radical generated from a photopolymerization initiator or an acid. Examples of the polymerizable group include epoxy group, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, 1-chlorovinyl group, isopropenyl group, 4-vinylphenyl group, propenyl oxy group, methacryl oxy group, epoxy group Ethyl, and oxetanyl. Among these polymerizable groups, acryloxy and methacryloxy are preferred. In this specification, the liquid crystal compound (I) -1 having a polymerizable group can form a polymer by polymerization reaction.

作為液晶化合物(I)-1,例如可列舉具有式(A)-1~式(A)-5所表示之結構之液晶化合物。Examples of the liquid crystal compound (I) -1 include liquid crystal compounds having the structures represented by formula (A) -1 to formula (A) -5.

(液晶化合物A)
[化8]

(液晶化合物(A)-2)
[化9]

(液晶化合物(A)-3)
[化10]

(液晶化合物(A)-4)
[化11]

(液晶化合物(A)-5)
[化12]
(Liquid Crystal Compound A)
[Chem 8]

(Liquid crystal compound (A) -2)
[化 9]

(Liquid crystal compound (A) -3)
[化 10]

(Liquid crystal compound (A) -4)
[化 11]

(Liquid crystal compound (A) -5)
[Chem 12]

液晶化合物(I)-1之含量(於包含複數種液晶化合物之情形時為其含量之合計)較佳為相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物之固形物成分100質量份為50~99.5質量份,更佳為60~99質量份,進而較佳為70~99質量份。於本說明書中,組合物之固形物成分之質量係指自該組合物去除溶劑後之成分之合計質量。The content of the liquid crystal compound (I) -1 (when plural liquid crystal compounds are included) is preferably 50 to 99.5 relative to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the composition for forming a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film The part by mass is more preferably 60 to 99 parts by mass, and still more preferably 70 to 99 parts by mass. In this specification, the mass of the solid content of the composition refers to the total mass of the components after removing the solvent from the composition.

[垂直配向液晶硬化膜之製造方法]
垂直配向液晶硬化膜為垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物之硬化物。垂直配向液晶硬化膜之製造方法包含:塗佈膜形成步驟,其將垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物塗佈於基材,於基材上形成塗佈膜;乾燥覆膜形成步驟,其使塗佈膜乾燥,形成乾燥覆膜;及硬化膜形成步驟,其對乾燥覆膜照射活性能量線,形成垂直配向液晶硬化膜。以本製造方法所製造之積層體由基材與垂直配向液晶硬化膜構成。以液晶化合物具有1個以上之聚合性基且該組合物進而包含光聚合起始劑之情形為例進行說明。
[Manufacturing method of vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film]
The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film is a cured product of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film forming composition. The manufacturing method of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film includes: a coating film forming step, which applies a composition for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film to a substrate, and forms a coating film on the substrate; a dry coating film forming step, which enables The coating film is dried to form a dry coating; and a hardened film forming step, which irradiates the dry coating with active energy rays to form a vertically aligned liquid crystal hardened film. The laminated body manufactured by this manufacturing method consists of a base material and a vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured film. The case where the liquid crystal compound has one or more polymerizable groups and the composition further includes a photopolymerization initiator will be described as an example.

(塗佈膜形成步驟)
於塗佈膜形成步驟中,例如使用印刷裝置將上述組合物塗佈於基材而於基材上形成塗佈膜。作為塗佈之方法,例如可列舉凹版塗佈法、模嘴塗佈法、及軟版法之類之印刷方法。
(Coating film forming step)
In the coating film forming step, for example, the above composition is applied to the base material using a printing device to form a coating film on the base material. Examples of the coating method include printing methods such as gravure coating method, die coating method, and flexographic method.

(乾燥覆膜形成步驟)
於乾燥覆膜形成步驟中,例如使用加熱裝置使塗佈膜乾燥而形成乾燥覆膜。塗佈膜於經加熱而去除了塗佈膜中之溶劑後,液晶化合物垂直地配向,轉化成乾燥覆膜。加熱溫度較佳為能夠去除溶劑,且為液晶化合物之相轉移溫度以上。
(Dry film forming step)
In the dry coating film forming step, for example, the coating film is dried using a heating device to form a dry coating film. After the coating film is heated to remove the solvent in the coating film, the liquid crystal compound is vertically aligned and converted into a dry film. The heating temperature is preferably capable of removing the solvent, and is higher than the phase transition temperature of the liquid crystal compound.

(硬化膜形成步驟)
於硬化膜形成步驟中,例如使用光照射裝置對乾燥覆膜照射活性能量線(更具體而言為紫外線等),形成垂直配向液晶硬化膜。液晶化合物於乾燥覆膜中保持相對於基材平面垂直地配向之液晶狀態。藉由對乾燥覆膜照射活性能量線,液晶化合物保持垂直配向之液晶狀態進行光聚合。藉此,能夠於基材上直接形成垂直配向液晶硬化膜。
(Step of forming a cured film)
In the step of forming a cured film, for example, a dry film is irradiated with active energy rays (more specifically, ultraviolet rays, etc.) using a light irradiation device to form a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. The liquid crystal compound maintains a liquid crystal state aligned perpendicular to the plane of the substrate in the dry coating. By irradiating the dried film with active energy rays, the liquid crystal compound maintains the vertically aligned liquid crystal state and undergoes photopolymerization. Thereby, a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film can be directly formed on the substrate.

(其他步驟:垂直配向膜形成步驟)
如上文說明,垂直配向液晶硬化膜能夠不形成配向膜而直接形成於基材上。另一方面,垂直配向液晶硬化膜之製造方法亦可以進一步提昇垂直配向液晶硬化膜之配向性為目的,進而包括形成垂直配向膜之垂直配向膜形成步驟。於該情形時,垂直配向液晶硬化膜介隔垂直配向膜間接形成於基材上。
(Other steps: Vertical alignment film formation step)
As described above, the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film can be formed directly on the substrate without forming an alignment film. On the other hand, the manufacturing method of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film can further improve the alignment of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film, and further includes the step of forming a vertical alignment film for forming the vertical alignment film. In this case, the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film is indirectly formed on the substrate via the vertical alignment film.

垂直配向膜形成步驟係於塗佈膜形成步驟前執行之步驟,形成垂直配向膜。此處,對垂直配向膜之形成方法之例進行說明。配向膜形成步驟包含第2塗佈膜形成步驟、第2乾燥被覆形成步驟、及配向膜形成步驟。
於第2塗佈膜形成步驟中,例如使印刷裝置於基材上塗佈垂直配向膜形成用組合物,形成第2塗佈膜。垂直配向膜形成用組合物例如包含下述配向性聚合物、及上述溶劑。於第2乾燥覆膜形成步驟中,例如使用加熱裝置對第2塗佈膜進行加熱,使第2塗佈膜乾燥,形成第2乾燥覆膜。於進而需要藉由UV照射進行硬化之步驟之情形時,使用UV照射裝置對第2乾燥覆膜照射UV使其硬化而形成垂直配向膜。於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之製造方法包含垂直配向膜形成步驟之情形時,於垂直配向膜上形成垂直配向液晶硬化膜。
The vertical alignment film forming step is a step performed before the coating film forming step to form a vertical alignment film. Here, an example of a method of forming a vertical alignment film will be described. The alignment film forming step includes a second coating film forming step, a second dry coating forming step, and an alignment film forming step.
In the second coating film forming step, for example, a printing apparatus is applied with a composition for forming a vertical alignment film on a substrate to form a second coating film. The composition for forming a vertical alignment film includes, for example, the following alignment polymer and the above-mentioned solvent. In the second dry coating film forming step, for example, the second coating film is heated using a heating device to dry the second coating film to form a second dry coating film. In the case where a step of curing by UV irradiation is further required, the second dry coating is irradiated with UV using a UV irradiation device and hardened to form a vertical alignment film. When the manufacturing method of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film includes a vertical alignment film forming step, a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film is formed on the vertical alignment film.

(垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物)
垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物例如包含非離子性矽烷化合物或離子性化合物之任一者或兩者、及視需要添加之添加劑。作為添加劑,例如可列舉液晶化合物、光聚合起始劑、調平劑、溶劑、聚合抑制劑、及密接性改善劑。作為液晶化合物,例如可列舉液晶化合物(I)-1。該等添加劑可單獨使用1種,或者亦可組合2種以上使用。該組合物可藉由於特定溫度下對非離子性矽烷化合物或離子性化合物之任一者或兩者、及視需要添加之其他成分進行攪拌等,將該等成分大致均勻地分散或溶解而獲得。
(Composition for forming vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film)
The composition for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film includes, for example, either or both of a nonionic silane compound or an ionic compound, and additives added as needed. Examples of additives include liquid crystal compounds, photopolymerization initiators, leveling agents, solvents, polymerization inhibitors, and adhesion improvers. Examples of the liquid crystal compound include liquid crystal compound (I) -1. One type of these additives may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. The composition can be obtained by agitating any or both of the nonionic silane compound or ionic compound, and other components added as needed at a specific temperature, etc., and dispersing or dissolving these components substantially uniformly .

(溶劑)
垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物通常以溶解於溶劑之狀態塗佈於基材等,因此較佳為包含溶劑。作為溶劑,例如可列舉水、甲醇、乙醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、乙二醇甲醚、乙二醇丁醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-丁氧基乙醇、及丙二醇單甲醚之類之醇溶劑;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、γ-丁內酯、丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯及乳酸乙酯之類之酯溶劑;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、及甲基異丁基酮之類之酮溶劑;戊烷、己烷、及庚烷之類之脂肪族烴溶劑;乙基環己烷之類之脂環式烴溶劑;甲苯及二甲苯之類之芳香族烴溶劑;乙腈之類之腈溶劑;四氫呋喃及二甲氧基乙烷之類之醚溶劑;氯仿及氯苯之類之含氯溶劑;二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)、及1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮之類之醯胺系溶劑。該等溶劑可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上使用。該等溶劑之中,較佳為醇溶劑、酯溶劑、酮溶劑、含氯溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、及芳香族烴溶劑。該等溶劑可單獨使用1種,或者亦可組合2種以上使用。
(Solvent)
The composition for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film is usually applied to a substrate or the like in a state of being dissolved in a solvent, and therefore preferably contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include water, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-butoxy Alcohol solvents such as ethanol and propylene glycol monomethyl ether; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate and ethyl lactate Solvents; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, and methyl isobutyl ketone; aliphatics such as pentane, hexane, and heptane Hydrocarbon solvents; alicyclic hydrocarbon solvents such as ethylcyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile; ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and dimethoxyethane; Chlorinated solvents such as chloroform and chlorobenzene; dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), and 1,3-dimethyl-2- Amidyl solvents such as imidazolidinone. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these solvents, alcohol solvents, ester solvents, ketone solvents, chlorine-containing solvents, amide-based solvents, and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents are preferred. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

溶劑之含量相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物100質量份,較佳為50~98質量份,更佳為70~95質量份。因此,該組合物100質量份中固形物成分所占之含量較佳為2~50質量份。若該組合物之固形物成分為50質量份以下,則該組合物之黏度變低,故而有垂直配向液晶硬化膜之厚度大致變均勻,不易於垂直配向液晶硬化膜產生不均之傾向。上述固形物成分可考慮欲製造之垂直配向液晶硬化膜之厚度而適當決定。The content of the solvent is preferably 50 to 98 parts by mass, and more preferably 70 to 95 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the composition for forming a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. Therefore, the content of the solid content in 100 parts by mass of the composition is preferably 2 to 50 parts by mass. If the solid content of the composition is 50 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the composition becomes low, so that the thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film becomes substantially uniform, and it is not easy to cause unevenness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. The above-mentioned solid content component can be appropriately determined in consideration of the thickness of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film to be produced.

(光聚合起始劑)
垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物亦可以使聚合反應進行為目的而包含光聚合起始劑。於本說明書中,光聚合起始劑提供吸收活性能量線使聚合反應開始之活性種。關於光聚合起始劑,於將利用自由基聚合硬化之硬化性組合物、例如(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯用作硬化性材料之情形時,可使用光自由基聚合起始劑,於將利用陽離子聚合硬化之硬化性組合物、例如環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物用作硬化性組合物之情形時,可使用光陽離子聚合起始劑。
(Photopolymerization initiator)
The composition for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film may include a photopolymerization initiator for the purpose of allowing the polymerization reaction to proceed. In this specification, the photopolymerization initiator provides an active species that absorbs active energy rays to start the polymerization reaction. Regarding the photopolymerization initiator, when a curable composition hardened by radical polymerization, such as (meth) acrylate or (meth) acrylate carbamate, is used as the curable material, light can be used As a radical polymerization initiator, when a curable composition hardened by cationic polymerization, such as an epoxy compound or an oxetane compound, is used as the curable composition, a photo-cationic polymerization initiator can be used.

作為光聚合起始劑,可列舉光自由基聚合起始劑、及光陽離子聚合起始劑。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可列舉安息香化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯偶醯縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、三化合物等。作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可列舉芳香族重氮鎓鹽、芳香族錪鹽或芳香族鋶鹽等鎓鹽、及鐵-芳烴錯合物。作為光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉Irgacure(註冊商標)907、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 651、Irgacure 819、Irgacure 250、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 379、Irgacure 127、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 754、及Irgacure 379EG之類之BASF Japan股份有限公司製造之光聚合起始劑;SEIKUOL BZ、SEIKUOL Z、及SEIKUOL BEE之類之精工化學股份有限公司製造之光聚合起始劑;Kayacure BP100(日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、及Kayacure UVI-6992之類之Dow公司製造之光聚合起始劑;Adeka Optomer SP-152、Adeka Optomer SP-170、Adeka Optomer N-1717、Adeka Optomer N-1919、Adeka Arkls NCI-831、Adeka Arkls NCI-930之類之ADEKA股份有限公司製造之光聚合起始劑;TAZ-A、及TAZ-PP之類之Nihon Siber Hegner公司製造之光聚合起始劑;TAZ-104之類之Sanwa Chemical公司製造之光聚合起始劑;Kayarad(註冊商標)系列之類之日本化藥股份有限公司製造之光聚合起始劑;Cyracure UVI系列之類之Dow Chemical公司製造之光聚合起始劑;CPI系列之類之San-Apro股份有限公司製造之光聚合起始劑;TAZ、BBI、及DTS之類之Midori Kagaku股份有限公司製造之光聚合起始劑;RHODORSIL(註冊商標)之類之Rhodia股份有限公司製造之光聚合起始劑。該等光聚合起始劑可單獨使用1種,或者亦可組合2種以上使用。光聚合起始劑可根據使用之材料適當選擇使用。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include photoradical polymerization initiators and photocationic polymerization initiators. Examples of the photo radical polymerization initiator include benzoin compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzophenone compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, and tri-compounds. Examples of the photocationic polymerization initiator include onium salts such as aromatic diazonium salts, aromatic iodonium salts, and aromatic cerium salts, and iron-aromatic hydrocarbon complexes. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include Irgacure (registered trademark) 907, Irgacure 184, Irgacure 651, Irgacure 819, Irgacure 250, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 379, Irgacure 127, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 754, and Irgacure 379 Photopolymerization initiators manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd .; photopolymerization initiators manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd. such as SEIKUOL BZ, SEIKUOL Z, and SEIKUOL BEE; Kayacure BP100 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), And photopolymerization initiators manufactured by Dow, such as Kayacure UVI-6992; Adeka Optomer SP-152, Adeka Optomer SP-170, Adeka Optomer N-1717, Adeka Optomer N-1919, Adeka Arkls NCI-831, Adeka Arkls Photopolymerization initiators manufactured by ADEKA Corporation such as NCI-930; photopolymerization initiators manufactured by Nihon Siber Hegner such as TAZ-A and TAZ-PP; Sanwa Chemical companies such as TAZ-104 Photopolymerization initiators manufactured; Photopolymerization initiators manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. such as Kayarad (registered trademark) series; Dow Chemical Co., Ltd. such as Cyracure UVI series The photopolymerization initiator manufactured by the company; the photopolymerization initiator manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd. such as CPI series; the photopolymerization initiator manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd. such as TAZ, BBI, and DTS; A photopolymerization initiator manufactured by Rhodia Co., Ltd. such as RHODORSIL (registered trademark). One type of these photopolymerization initiators may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. The photopolymerization initiator can be appropriately selected and used according to the materials used.

光聚合起始劑就能夠充分地利用自光源發出之能量而生產性優異而言,光聚合起始劑之極大吸收波長較佳為300 nm~400 nm,更佳為300 nm~380 nm,該等光聚合起始劑之中,較佳為α-苯乙酮系聚合起始劑及肟系光聚合起始劑。The photopolymerization initiator can fully utilize the energy emitted from the light source and has excellent productivity. The maximum absorption wavelength of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 300 nm to 400 nm, more preferably 300 nm to 380 nm. Among the photopolymerization initiators, α-acetophenone-based polymerization initiators and oxime-based photopolymerization initiators are preferred.

作為α-苯乙酮系聚合起始劑,例如可列舉2-甲基-2-啉基-1-(4-甲基硫基苯基)丙烷-1-酮、2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-啉基苯基)-2-苄基丁烷-1-酮(2-二甲基胺基-2-苄基-1-(4-啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮)、及2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-啉基苯基)-2-(4-甲基苯基甲基)丁烷-1-酮。α-苯乙酮系聚合起始劑較佳為2-甲基-2-啉基-1-(4-甲基硫基苯基)丙烷-1-酮、及2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-啉基苯基)-2-苄基丁烷-1-酮。作為α-苯乙酮化合物之市售品,可列舉Irgacure 369、379EG、及907之類之BASF Japan(股)製造之α-苯乙酮系聚合起始劑、及SEIKUOL BEE之類之精工化學公司製造之α-苯乙酮系聚合起始劑等。Examples of the α-acetophenone-based polymerization initiator include 2-methyl-2-olinyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) propane-1-one and 2-dimethylamino -1- (4-Polinylphenyl) -2-benzylbutane-1-one (2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (4-olinylphenyl) butane-1 -Ketone), and 2-dimethylamino-1- (4-olinylphenyl) -2- (4-methylphenylmethyl) butane-1-one. The α-acetophenone-based polymerization initiator is preferably 2-methyl-2-olinyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) propane-1-one, and 2-dimethylamino- 1- (4-Polinylphenyl) -2-benzylbutane-1-one. Examples of commercially available products of α-acetophenone compounds include α-acetophenone-based polymerization initiators manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd. such as Irgacure 369, 379EG, and 907, and Seiko Chemicals such as SEIKUOL BEE. The α-acetophenone-based polymerization initiator manufactured by the company.

肟系光聚合起始劑可藉由照射光而生成自由基。藉由該自由基,塗佈膜之深部之垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物良好地進行聚合。又,就更有效率地進行塗佈膜之深部之聚合反應之觀點而言,較佳為使用能夠有效率地利用波長350 nm以上之紫外線之肟系光聚合起始劑。作為能夠有效率地利用波長350 nm以上之紫外線之肟系光聚合起始劑,例如較佳為列舉三化合物及肟酯型咔唑化合物,就感度之觀點而言,例如更佳為列舉肟酯型咔唑化合物。作為肟酯型咔唑化合物,例如可列舉1,2-辛二酮、1-[4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)]、及1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮-1-(O-乙醯基肟)。作為肟酯型咔唑化合物之市售品,例如可列舉Irgacure OXE-01、Irgacure OXE-02、Irgacure OXE-03之類之BASF Japan股份有限公司製造之肟酯型咔唑化合物、及Adeka Optomer N-1919、Adeka Arkls NCI-831之類之ADEKA股份有限公司製造之肟酯型咔唑化合物。The oxime-based photopolymerization initiator can generate free radicals by irradiating light. By this radical, the composition for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film in the deep part of the coating film is polymerized well. Further, from the viewpoint of more efficiently performing the polymerization reaction in the deep part of the coating film, it is preferable to use an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator that can efficiently use ultraviolet rays with a wavelength of 350 nm or more. As the oxime-based photopolymerization initiator that can efficiently use ultraviolet rays with a wavelength of 350 nm or more, for example, a tri compound and an oxime ester type carbazole compound are preferably listed, and from the viewpoint of sensitivity, for example, an oxime ester is more preferably listed Type carbazole compound. Examples of the oxime ester type carbazole compound include 1,2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio) -2- (O-benzoyl oxime)], and 1- [9-B Yl-6- (2-methylbenzyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethanone-1- (O-acetyl oxime). Examples of commercially available products of oxime ester-type carbazole compounds include Irgacure OXE-01, Irgacure OXE-02, Irgacure OXE-03 and the like, oxime ester-type carbazole compounds manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd., and Adeka Optomer N -1919, oxime ester type carbazole compound manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, such as Adeka Arkls NCI-831.

於將垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物中所包含之固形物成分(自組合物中去除溶劑之含量後)設為100質量份時,光聚合起始劑之含量通常較佳為0.1~20質量份,更佳為0.5~10質量份,進而較佳為1~7質量份。若光聚合起始劑相對於該組合物100質量份為0.1~20質量份,則聚合反應容易充分進行。When the solid content contained in the composition for forming a vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured film (after removing the content of the solvent from the composition) is set to 100 parts by mass, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is usually preferably from 0.1 to 20 The part by mass is more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, and still more preferably 1 to 7 parts by mass. If the photopolymerization initiator is 0.1 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the composition, the polymerization reaction can easily proceed sufficiently.

(調平劑)
調平劑可以調製垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物之塗佈性為目的、即以調整用以塗佈之該組合物之流動性而使塗佈該組合物所獲得之層表面更平坦為目的而添加於該組合物中。作為調平劑,例如可列舉矽烷偶合劑等聚矽氧系之調平劑、聚丙烯酸酯系之調平劑、及氟烷基系之調平劑。該等調平劑中,就使液晶化合物之垂直配向性進一步提昇之觀點而言,較佳為聚矽氧系之調平劑及氟烷基系之調平劑。
(Leveling agent)
The leveling agent can adjust the coating property of the composition for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened film, that is, to adjust the fluidity of the composition for coating to make the surface of the layer obtained by coating the composition flatter as It is added to the composition for the purpose. Examples of the leveling agent include polysiloxane-based leveling agents such as silane coupling agents, polyacrylate-based leveling agents, and fluoroalkyl-based leveling agents. Among these leveling agents, from the viewpoint of further improving the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal compound, polysiloxane-based leveling agents and fluoroalkyl-based leveling agents are preferred.

作為市售之調平劑,例如可列舉DC3PA、SH7PA、DC11PA、SH28PA、SH29PA、SH30PA、ST80PA、ST86PA、SH8400、SH8700、及FZ2123之類之東麗道康寧(股)製造之調平劑;KP321、KP323、KP324、KP326、KP340、KP341、X22-161A、KF6001、KBM-1003、KBE-1003、KBM-303、KBM-402、KBM-403、KBE-402、KBE-403、KBM-1403、KBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103、KBM-602、KBM-603、KBM-903、KBE-903、KBE-9103、KBM-573、KBM-575、KBE-585、KBM-802、KBM-802、KBM-803、KBE-846、及KBE-9007之類之信越化學工業(股)製造之調平劑;TSF400、TSF401、TSF410、TSF4300、TSF4440、TSF4445、TSF-4446、TSF4452、及TSF4460之類之Momentive Performance Materials Japan有限責任公司製造之調平劑;Fluorinert(註冊商標)FC-72、Fluorinert FC-40、Fluorinert FC-43、及Fluorinert FC-3283之類之住友3M(股)製造之調平劑;MEGAFAC(註冊商標)R-08、MEGAFAC R-30、MEGAFAC R-90、MEGAFAC F-410、MEGAFAC F-411、MEGAFAC F-443、MEGAFAC F-445、MEGAFAC F-470、MEGAFAC F-477、MEGAFAC F-479、MEGAFAC F-482、MEGAFAC F-483、MEGAFAC F-556之類之DIC(股)製造之調平劑;Eftop(商品名)EF301、Eftop EF303、Eftop EF351、及Eftop EF352之類之Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals(股)製造之調平劑;Surflon(註冊商標)S-381、Surflon S-382、Surflon S-383、Surflon S-393、Surflon SC-101、Surflon SC-105、KH-40、及SA-100之類之AGC SEIMI CHEMICAL(股)製造之調平劑;商品名E1830、商品名E5844之類之(股)大金精密化學研究所製造之調平劑;BM-1000、BM-1100、BYK-352、BYK-353、及BYK-361N之類之Chemie公司製造之調平劑(商品名均為BM)。該等調平劑可單獨使用1種,或者亦可組合2種以上使用。Examples of commercially available leveling agents include DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, ST80PA, ST86PA, SH8400, SH8700, and FZ2123 leveling agents manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd .; KP321, KP323, KP324, KP326, KP340, KP341, X22-161A, KF6001, KBM-1003, KBE-1003, KBM-303, KBM-402, KBM-403, KBE-402, KBE-403, KBM-1403, KBM- 502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-602, KBM-603, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBE-9103, KBM-573, KBM-575, KBE-585, KBM-802, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-846, and KBE-9007 leveling agents manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .; TSF400, TSF401, TSF410, TSF4300, TSF4440, TSF4445, TSF-4446 , TSF4452, and leveling agent manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Japan LLC such as TSF4460; Fluorinert (registered trademark) FC-72, Fluorinert FC-40, Fluorinert FC-43, and Sumitomo 3M such as Fluorinert FC-3283 (Share) Leveling agent manufactured; MEGAFAC (registered trademark) R-08, MEGAFAC R-30, MEGAFAC R-90, MEGAFAC F-410, MEGAFAC F-411, MEGAFAC F-443, MEGAFAC F-4 45. Levelers made by DIC (shares) such as MEGAFAC F-470, MEGAFAC F-477, MEGAFAC F-479, MEGAFAC F-482, MEGAFAC F-483, MEGAFAC F-556; Eftop (trade name) EF301 , Eftop EF303, Eftop EF351, and Eftop EF352 and other leveling agents manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals (shares); Surflon (registered trademark) S-381, Surflon S-382, Surflon S-383, Surflon S-393, Leveling agent manufactured by AGC SEIMI CHEMICAL (share) such as Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-105, KH-40, and SA-100; Daikin Precision Chemicals (trade name) such as trade name E1830, trade name E5844 Leveling agent manufactured by the research institute; leveling agent (trade names are BM) manufactured by Chemie, such as BM-1000, BM-1100, BYK-352, BYK-353, and BYK-361N. These leveling agents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

調平劑通常於垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物之固形物成分中之含有率較佳為0.001~3質量%,更佳為0.01~3質量%,進而較佳為0.1~3質量%。若調平劑於該組合物之固形物成分中之含有率為0.001~3質量%,則該組合物之塗佈性進一步提昇。The content of the leveling agent in the solid content of the composition for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film is usually preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass. If the content of the leveling agent in the solid content of the composition is 0.001 to 3% by mass, the applicability of the composition is further improved.

<積層體>
積層體具備上述垂直配向液晶硬化膜。積層體可進而具備基材、垂直配向用之配向膜(以下,有時記載為垂直配向膜)、水平配向用之配向膜(以下,有時記載為水平配向膜)、黏著層、及/或下述相對於上述垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜(以下,有時記載為水平配向膜)。作為積層體之構成,例如可列舉具備上述垂直配向液晶硬化膜、水平配向膜及水平配向膜之積層體、具備上述垂直配向液晶硬化膜及基材之積層體、以及具備上述垂直配向液晶硬化膜、水平配向膜、水平配向膜及基材之積層體。但於本發明中,即便無垂直配向用之配向膜亦能形成垂直配向液晶硬化膜,因此積層體亦可不具備垂直配向膜。例如,於積層體具備基材及垂直配向液晶硬化膜之情形時,垂直配向液晶硬化膜可與基材鄰接。又,以上述方法製作之與基材鄰接之垂直配向液晶硬化膜亦可經由黏著層僅轉印垂直配向液晶硬化膜,去除基材而製造積層體。
<Laminate>
The laminate includes the above-mentioned vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film. The laminate may further include a base material, an alignment film for vertical alignment (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a vertical alignment film), an alignment film for horizontal alignment (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a horizontal alignment film), an adhesive layer, and / or The following film is aligned in the horizontal direction with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a horizontal alignment film). Examples of the structure of the laminate include a laminate including the above-mentioned vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film, a horizontal alignment film and a horizontal alignment film, a laminate including the above-mentioned vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film and a substrate, and the above-mentioned vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film 、 Horizontal alignment film, laminated body of horizontal alignment film and base material. However, in the present invention, even if there is no alignment film for vertical alignment, a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film can be formed, and therefore the laminate may not have a vertical alignment film. For example, when the laminate includes a base material and a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film, the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film may be adjacent to the base material. In addition, the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film adjacent to the substrate produced by the above method may transfer only the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film through the adhesive layer, remove the substrate, and manufacture the laminate.

[基材]
作為基材,可列舉玻璃基材及膜基材,就加工性之觀點而言,較佳為膜基材,就能夠連續製造之方面而言,更佳為長條之捲筒狀膜。作為構成膜基材之樹脂,例如可列舉聚乙烯、聚丙烯、及降烯系聚合物之類之聚烯烴;環狀烯烴系樹脂;聚乙烯醇;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯;聚甲基丙烯酸酯;聚丙烯酸酯;三乙醯纖維素、二乙醯纖維素、及乙酸丙酸纖維素之類之纖維素酯;聚萘二甲酸乙二酯;聚碳酸酯;聚碸;聚醚碸;聚醚酮;聚苯硫醚及聚苯醚之類之塑膠。於該基材之與黏著層之接合面可實施聚矽氧處理之類之脫模處理。作為市售之纖維素酯基材,例如可列舉FUJITAC膜之類之富士膠片股份有限公司製造之纖維素酯基材;「KC8UX2M」、「KC8UY」、及「KC4UY」之類之Konica Minolta Opto股份有限公司製造之纖維素酯基材。可將此種樹脂藉由溶劑流延法、溶融擠出法等公知之方法製膜而製成基材。
[Substrate]
Examples of the base material include a glass base material and a film base material. From the viewpoint of processability, a film base material is preferable, and in terms of enabling continuous production, a long roll-shaped film is more preferable. Examples of the resin constituting the film substrate include polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and olefin-reducing polymers; cyclic olefin resins; polyvinyl alcohol; polyethylene terephthalate; Acrylates; Polyacrylates; Cellulose esters such as triacetyl cellulose, diethyl cellulose, and cellulose acetate propionate; polyethylene naphthalate; polycarbonate; polystyrene; polyether碸; polyether ketone; plastics such as polyphenylene sulfide and polyphenylene ether. The bonding surface of the substrate and the adhesive layer can be subjected to release treatment such as polysiloxane treatment. Examples of commercially available cellulose ester substrates include cellulose ester substrates manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd. such as FUJITAC film; Konica Minolta Opto shares such as "KC8UX2M", "KC8UY", and "KC4UY" Cellulose ester substrate manufactured by Co., Ltd. Such a resin can be formed into a base material by a known method such as a solvent casting method or a melt extrusion method.

作為市售之環狀烯烴系樹脂,例如可列舉「Topas(註冊商標)」之類之Ticona公司(德)製造之環狀烯烴系樹脂;「ARTON(註冊商標)」之類之JSR股份有限公司製造之環狀烯烴系樹脂;「ZEONOR(註冊商標)」、及「ZEONEX(註冊商標)」之類之Zeon corporation股份有限公司製造之環狀烯烴系樹脂;「Apel」(註冊商標)之類之三井化學股份有限公司製造之環狀烯烴系樹脂。亦可使用市售之環狀烯烴系樹脂基材。作為市售之環狀烯烴系樹脂基材,可列舉「S-SINA(註冊商標)」及「SCA40(註冊商標)」之類之積水化學工業股份有限公司製造之環狀烯烴系樹脂基材;「ZeonorFilm(註冊商標)」之類之Optes股份有限公司製造之環狀烯烴系樹脂基材;「ARTON Film(註冊商標)」之類之JSR股份有限公司製造之環狀烯烴系樹脂基材。Examples of commercially available cyclic olefin resins include cyclic olefin resins manufactured by Ticona Corporation (Germany) such as "Topas (registered trademark)" and JSR Co., Ltd. such as "ARTON (registered trademark)". Cyclic olefin resin manufactured; Zeon Corporation (ZEONOR (registered trademark)) and ZEONEX (registered trademark) and other cyclic olefin resins manufactured by Zeon Corporation; `` Apel '' (registered trademark) and the like Cyclic olefin resin manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd. A commercially available cyclic olefin resin base material can also be used. Examples of commercially available cyclic olefin resin base materials include cyclic olefin resin base materials manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., such as "S-SINA (registered trademark)" and "SCA40 (registered trademark)"; Cyclic olefin resin base material manufactured by Optes Corporation, such as "Zeonor Film (registered trademark)"; cyclic olefin resin base material manufactured by JSR Corporation, such as "ARTON Film (registered trademark)".

基材較佳為容易使各層積層且容易剝離之厚度。此種基材之厚度通常為5~300 μm,較佳為10~150 μm。The base material preferably has a thickness that allows easy lamination and peeling of the layers. The thickness of such a substrate is usually 5 to 300 μm, preferably 10 to 150 μm.

[垂直配向膜]
配向膜係具有使液晶硬化膜之液晶化合物向特定方向配向之配向限制力的膜。關於配向膜之形成方法,可藉由配向膜材料之種類、摩擦條件或光照射條件實現垂直配向、水平配向、混合配向、及傾斜配向等各種配向之控制。將如此使配向限制力表現之處理稱為配向處理。其中,垂直配向膜為具有使液晶化合物朝垂直方向配向之配向限制力的配向膜。藉由使用垂直配向膜,能夠形成垂直配向液晶硬化膜。
[Vertical Alignment Film]
The alignment film is a film having an alignment restricting force that aligns the liquid crystal compound of the liquid crystal cured film in a specific direction. Regarding the formation method of the alignment film, various alignments such as vertical alignment, horizontal alignment, mixed alignment, and inclined alignment can be controlled by the type of alignment film material, rubbing conditions, or light irradiation conditions. The process of expressing the alignment-limiting force in this way is called the alignment process. Among them, the vertical alignment film is an alignment film having an alignment restricting force that aligns the liquid crystal compound in the vertical direction. By using a vertical alignment film, a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film can be formed.

垂直配向膜較佳為具有不因垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物之塗佈等而溶解之溶劑耐性,且具有對用於溶劑之去除或液晶化合物之配向之加熱處理的耐熱性。The vertical alignment film preferably has solvent resistance that does not dissolve by application of the composition for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film, etc., and has heat resistance to heat treatment for removing the solvent or aligning the liquid crystal compound.

垂直配向膜較佳為應用降低基材等之表面之表面張力之材料。作為此種材料,可列舉配向性聚合物、例如聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺、作為其水解物之聚醯胺酸、及全氟烷基之氟系聚合物、矽烷化合物、以及藉由其等之縮合反應獲得之聚矽氧烷化合物。垂直配向膜可藉由將包含此種材料與溶劑、例如垂直配向液晶硬化膜之項中例示之溶劑的組合物(以下亦稱為垂直配向膜形成用組合物)塗佈於基材等之上,去除溶劑後對塗佈膜實施加熱等而獲得。The vertical alignment film is preferably a material that reduces the surface tension of the surface of the substrate or the like. Examples of such materials include aligning polymers, such as polyimide, polyamide, polyamic acid as a hydrolyzate thereof, and fluorine-based polymers of perfluoroalkyl groups, silane compounds, and The polysiloxane compound obtained by the condensation reaction. The vertical alignment film can be applied to a substrate or the like by applying a composition (hereinafter also referred to as a composition for forming a vertical alignment film) containing such a material and a solvent, for example, a solvent exemplified in the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film. After the solvent is removed, the coating film is heated and the like.

於垂直配向膜使用矽烷化合物之情形時,就容易降低表面張力且容易提高與鄰接於垂直配向膜之層之密接性的觀點而言,垂直配向膜較佳為具有構成元素包含Si元素與C元素之化合物的膜,可良好地使用矽烷化合物。作為矽烷化合物,可使用前述非離子性矽烷化合物、或離子性化合物之項所例示之含矽烷之離子性化合物等,藉由使用該等矽烷化合物,能夠提高垂直配向限制力。該等矽烷化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上使用,亦可與其他材料混合使用。於矽烷化合物為非離子性矽烷化合物之情形時,就容易提高垂直配向限制力之觀點而言,較佳為分子末端具有烷基之矽烷化合物,更佳為具有碳數3~30之烷基之矽烷化合物。When a silane compound is used for the vertical alignment film, the vertical alignment film preferably has constituent elements including Si element and C element from the viewpoint of easily reducing the surface tension and easily improving the adhesion to the layer adjacent to the vertical alignment film The film of the compound can use a silane compound well. As the silane compound, the nonionic silane compound or the ionic compound containing silane as exemplified in the above-mentioned ionic compound can be used. By using these silane compounds, the vertical alignment restriction force can be improved. These silane compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more, or can be mixed with other materials. In the case where the silane compound is a nonionic silane compound, from the viewpoint of easily improving the vertical alignment restricting force, a silane compound having an alkyl group at the molecular terminal is preferred, and more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms Silane compounds.

就表現配向限制力之觀點而言,垂直配向膜之膜厚較佳為5 μm以下,更佳為3 μm以下,進而較佳為2 μm以下,且較佳為1 nm以上,更佳為5 nm以上,進而較佳為10 nm以上,尤佳為30 nm以上。垂直配向膜之膜厚可使用橢偏計或接觸式膜厚計進行測定。From the standpoint of expressing alignment limiting force, the thickness of the vertical alignment film is preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 3 μm or less, and further preferably 2 μm or less, and preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, further preferably 10 nm or more, and particularly preferably 30 nm or more. The film thickness of the vertical alignment film can be measured using an ellipsometer or a contact film thickness meter.

[水平配向用之配向膜]
水平配向膜具有使液晶化合物朝水平方向配向之配向限制力。於將水平配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物於水平配向膜上製膜時,水平配向膜能夠形成水平配向液晶硬化膜之水平配向狀態。配向限制力例如能夠藉由配向膜之種類、表面狀態、及摩擦條件而任意地調整,於由光配向性聚合物形成之情形時,可藉由偏光照射條件等任意地調整。將如此使配向限制力表現之處理稱為配向處理。
[Alignment film for horizontal alignment]
The horizontal alignment film has an alignment restricting force that aligns the liquid crystal compound in the horizontal direction. When the composition for forming a horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film is formed on the horizontal alignment film, the horizontal alignment film can form the horizontal alignment state of the horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film. The alignment restricting force can be arbitrarily adjusted by, for example, the type, surface state, and friction conditions of the alignment film, and when it is formed of a photo-alignment polymer, it can be arbitrarily adjusted by polarized light irradiation conditions and the like. The process of expressing the alignment-limiting force in this way is called the alignment process.

水平配向膜較佳為具有不因液晶組合物之塗佈等而溶解之溶劑耐性,且具有對用於溶劑之去除或液晶化合物之配向之加熱處理的耐熱性。The horizontal alignment film preferably has solvent resistance that does not dissolve due to application of the liquid crystal composition or the like, and has heat resistance to heat treatment for removing the solvent or aligning the liquid crystal compound.

作為水平配向膜,例如可列舉摩擦配向膜、光配向膜、及表面具有凹凸圖案或複數之槽的溝槽配向膜。例如於應用於長條之捲筒狀膜之情形時,就能夠容易地控制配向方向之方面而言,較佳為光配向膜。Examples of the horizontal alignment film include a rubbing alignment film, a light alignment film, and a groove alignment film having a concave-convex pattern or a plurality of grooves on the surface. For example, when it is applied to a long roll-shaped film, in terms of being able to easily control the alignment direction, a light alignment film is preferred.

摩擦配向膜通常可藉由將包含配向性聚合物與溶劑之組合物(以下,有時記載為摩擦配向膜形成用組合物)塗佈於基材,去除溶劑而形成塗佈膜,並對該塗佈膜進行摩擦而賦予配向限制力。The friction alignment film can generally be formed by applying a composition containing an alignment polymer and a solvent (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a composition for forming a friction alignment film) to a substrate, removing the solvent, and forming a coating film. The coating film is rubbed to give alignment restricting force.

作為配向性聚合物,例如可列舉具有醯胺鍵之聚醯胺或明膠類、具有醯亞胺鍵之聚醯亞胺及作為其水解物之聚醯胺酸、聚乙烯醇、烷基改性聚乙烯醇、聚丙烯醯胺、聚㗁唑、聚伸乙基亞胺、聚苯乙烯、聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮、聚丙烯酸、以及聚丙烯酸酯類。該等配向性聚合物可單獨使用1種,或者亦可組合2種以上使用。Examples of the aligning polymer include polyamidoamines having an amide bond or gelatins, polyimides having an amide imide bond, and polyamic acid, polyvinyl alcohol, and alkyl modification as hydrolyzates thereof Polyvinyl alcohol, polyacrylamide, polyoxazole, polyethylenimine, polystyrene, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyacrylic acid, and polyacrylates. These alignment polymers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

關於摩擦配向膜形成用組合物中之配向性聚合物之濃度,只要為配向性聚合物完全溶解於溶劑中之範圍即可。配向性聚合物之含量相對於摩擦配向膜形成用組合物100質量份,較佳為0.1~20質量份,更佳為0.1~10質量份。The concentration of the alignment polymer in the composition for forming a friction alignment film may be a range in which the alignment polymer is completely dissolved in the solvent. The content of the alignment polymer is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the composition for forming a friction alignment film.

作為摩擦配向膜形成用組合物之市售品,例如可列舉Sunever(註冊商標)之類之日產化學工業(股)製造之摩擦配向膜形成用組合物、及Optomer(註冊商標)之類之JSR(股)製造之摩擦配向膜形成用組合物。As a commercially available product of the composition for forming a friction alignment film, for example, a composition for forming a friction alignment film manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. such as Sunever (registered trademark), and JSR such as Optimer (registered trademark) (Strand) A composition for forming a friction alignment film.

作為摩擦處理之方法,例如可列舉使上述塗佈膜接觸於捲繞有摩擦布且旋轉之摩擦輥的方法。於進行摩擦處理時,若進行遮蔽,則亦能夠於配向膜形成配向之方向不同之複數個區域(圖案)。As a method of the rubbing treatment, for example, a method of bringing the above-mentioned coating film into contact with a rubbing roller wound with a rubbing cloth and rotating is mentioned. During the rubbing treatment, if masking is performed, a plurality of regions (patterns) with different alignment directions can also be formed on the alignment film.

光配向膜通常可藉由將包含具有光反應性基之聚合物或單體及溶劑之組合物(以下,有時記載為光配向膜形成用組合物)塗佈於基材,去除溶劑後照射偏光(較佳為偏光UV)而獲得。光配向膜可藉由選擇照射之偏光之偏光方向而任意地控制配向限制力之方向。The photo-alignment film can usually be applied to a substrate by applying a composition (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a photo-alignment film-forming composition) containing a polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group and a solvent, and after removing the solvent, irradiating It is obtained by polarized light (preferably polarized UV). The light alignment film can arbitrarily control the direction of the alignment limiting force by selecting the polarization direction of the irradiated polarized light.

光反應性基係指藉由光照射而產生配向能力之基。具體而言,可列舉參與藉由光照射而產生之分子之配向誘發反應、異構化反應、光二聚反應、光交聯反應、或光分解反應之類之成為配向能力之起源之光反應的基。作為光反應性基,較佳為具有不飽和鍵、尤其是雙鍵之基,尤佳為具有選自由碳-碳雙鍵(C=C鍵)、碳-氮雙鍵(C=N鍵)、氮-氮雙鍵(N=N鍵)、及碳-氧雙鍵(C=O鍵)所組成之群中之至少一個雙鍵的基。The photoreactive group refers to a group that generates alignment ability by light irradiation. Specifically, examples include photoreactions such as the alignment induction reaction, isomerization reaction, photodimerization reaction, photocrosslinking reaction, or photolysis reaction of molecules generated by light irradiation, which are the origins of the alignment ability. base. As the photoreactive group, a group having an unsaturated bond, especially a double bond is preferred, and a group selected from a carbon-carbon double bond (C = C bond) and a carbon-nitrogen double bond (C = N bond) is particularly preferred. , A nitrogen-nitrogen double bond (N = N bond), and a carbon-oxygen double bond (C = O bond) group of at least one double bond group.

作為具有C=C鍵之光反應性基,例如可列舉乙烯基、多烯基、茋基、茋唑基、茋唑鎓基、查耳酮基、及桂皮醯基。作為具有C=N鍵之光反應性基,例如可列舉具有芳香族希夫鹼、芳香族腙等結構之基。作為具有N=N鍵之光反應性基,例如可列舉偶氮苯基、偶氮萘基、芳香族雜環偶氮基、雙偶氮基、甲臢基、及具有氧偶氮苯結構之基。作為具有C=O鍵之光反應性基,例如可列舉二苯甲酮基、香豆素基、蒽醌基、及順丁烯二醯亞胺基。該等基可具有烷基、烷氧基、芳基、烯丙氧基、氰基、烷氧基羰基、羥基、磺酸基、及鹵化烷基之類之取代基。Examples of the photoreactive group having a C = C bond include a vinyl group, a polyalkenyl group, a stilbene group, a stilbene group, a stilbazolium group, a chalcone group, and a cinnamyl group. Examples of the photoreactive group having a C = N bond include groups having structures such as aromatic Schiff bases and aromatic hydrazones. Examples of the photoreactive group having an N = N bond include azophenyl group, azonaphthyl group, aromatic heterocyclic azo group, disazo group, mesityl group, and those having an oxyazobenzene structure base. Examples of the photoreactive group having a C = O bond include a benzophenone group, a coumarin group, an anthraquinone group, and a maleimide group. Such groups may have substituents such as alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, allyloxy groups, cyano groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, hydroxyl groups, sulfonic acid groups, and halogenated alkyl groups.

參與光二聚反應或光交聯反應之基就配向性優異之方面而言較佳。其中,較佳為參與光二聚反應之光反應性基,就配向所需之偏光照射量相對較少、且容易獲得熱穩定性或經時穩定性優異之光配向膜之方面而言,較佳為桂皮醯基及查耳酮基。作為具有光反應性基之聚合物,尤佳為該聚合物側鏈之末端部成為桂皮酸結構或桂皮酸酯結構之具有桂皮醯基者。The group participating in the photodimerization reaction or photocrosslinking reaction is preferable in terms of excellent alignment. Among them, a photoreactive group participating in a photodimerization reaction is preferred, and it is preferable in terms of relatively small amount of polarized light irradiation required for alignment, and easy to obtain a photoalignment film having excellent thermal stability or stability over time. Cinnamon acyl group and chalcone group. As the polymer having a photoreactive group, it is particularly preferable that the terminal part of the side chain of the polymer has a cinnamic acid structure or a cinnamic acid ester structure.

具有光反應性基之聚合物或單體之含量可根據聚合物或單體之種類或目標之光配向膜之厚度而調節,相對於光配向膜形成用組合物100質量份,較佳為設為0.2質量份以上,更佳為0.3~10質量份。The content of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group can be adjusted according to the type of polymer or monomer or the thickness of the target optical alignment film, and it is preferably set to 100 parts by mass of the composition for forming the optical alignment film. It is 0.2 mass parts or more, More preferably, it is 0.3-10 mass parts.

於照射偏光時,例如可為自塗佈於基材上之光配向膜形成用組合物去除溶劑後直接照射偏光之形式。又,該偏光若實質上為平行光則較佳。照射之偏光之波長較佳為具有光反應性基之聚合物或單體之光反應性基能夠吸收光能之波長區域者。具體而言,尤佳為波長250~400 nm之區域之UV(紫外線)。作為照射該偏光之光源,例如可列舉氙氣燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈、以及KrF及ArF之類之紫外光雷射。該等光源之中,高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、及金屬鹵化物燈由於波長313 nm之紫外線之發光強度較大,故而較佳。藉由使來自上述光源之光通過適當之偏光元件進行照射,能夠照射偏光UV。作為偏光元件,例如可列舉偏光濾光片、格蘭-湯姆森、及格蘭-泰勒之類之偏光稜鏡、以及線柵。該等偏光元件之中,就大面積化及對熱之耐性之觀點而言,較佳為線柵。When polarized light is irradiated, for example, the polarized light may be directly irradiated after removing the solvent from the composition for forming an optical alignment film coated on the substrate. Moreover, it is preferable that the polarized light is substantially parallel light. The wavelength of the polarized light to be irradiated is preferably a wavelength region in which the photoreactive group of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group can absorb light energy. Specifically, UV (ultraviolet) in the wavelength range of 250 to 400 nm is particularly preferred. Examples of light sources that irradiate the polarized light include xenon lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, and ultraviolet lasers such as KrF and ArF. Among these light sources, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, and metal halide lamps are preferred because of their greater luminous intensity at 313 nm. By irradiating light from the light source through an appropriate polarizing element, polarized UV can be irradiated. Examples of the polarizing element include polarizing filters, polarizing filters such as Gran-Thomson and Gran-Taylor, and wire grids. Among these polarizing elements, a wire grid is preferred from the viewpoint of large area and heat resistance.

再者,於進行摩擦或偏光照射時,若進行遮蔽,則亦能夠形成液晶配向之方向不同之複數個區域(圖案)。In addition, when rubbing or polarized light irradiation, if shielding is performed, a plurality of regions (patterns) with different liquid crystal alignment directions can also be formed.

溝槽(groove)配向膜係於膜表面具有凹凸圖案或複數個溝槽(槽)之膜。於將組合物塗佈於具有等間隔地排列之複數之直線狀之溝槽的膜之情形時,液晶化合物朝沿著該槽之方向配向。A groove alignment film is a film having a concave-convex pattern or a plurality of grooves (grooves) on the surface of the film. In the case of applying the composition to a film having a plurality of linear grooves arranged at equal intervals, the liquid crystal compound is aligned in the direction along the groove.

作為獲得溝槽配向膜之方法,可列舉:於感光性聚醯亞胺膜表面經由具有圖案形狀之狹縫之曝光用遮罩進行曝光後,進行顯影及沖洗處理而形成凹凸圖案的方法;於在表面具有槽之板狀之母盤形成硬化前之UV硬化樹脂之層,將形成之樹脂層轉移至基材後進行硬化的方法;及於形成於基材上之硬化前之UV硬化樹脂之膜按壓具有複數個槽之輥狀之母盤而形成凹凸,其後進行硬化之方法等。As a method of obtaining a groove alignment film, a method of forming a concave-convex pattern by developing and rinsing the surface of the photosensitive polyimide film after exposing it through an exposure mask having a slit with a pattern shape; A method of forming a UV-hardening resin layer before hardening on a plate-shaped master having grooves on the surface, transferring the formed resin layer to a substrate, and hardening; and UV-curing resin before hardening formed on the substrate The film presses a roll-shaped master having a plurality of grooves to form irregularities, and then a method of hardening is performed.

就實現薄膜化及表現配向限制力之觀點而言,水平配向膜之膜厚較佳為1 μm以下,更佳為0.5 μm以下,進而較佳為0.3 μm以下。又,水平配向膜之膜厚較佳為1 nm以上,更佳為5 nm以上,進而較佳為10 nm以上,尤佳為30 nm以上。水平配向膜之膜厚可使用橢偏計或接觸式膜厚計進行測定。From the standpoints of achieving thin film formation and showing alignment limitation, the thickness of the horizontal alignment film is preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and further preferably 0.3 μm or less. In addition, the thickness of the horizontal alignment film is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, and further preferably 10 nm or more, and particularly preferably 30 nm or more. The film thickness of the horizontal alignment film can be measured using an ellipsometer or a contact film thickness meter.

[相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜]
於本說明書中,相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜(以下,有時記載為水平配向膜)為相位差膜。作為水平配向膜,例如可列舉延伸膜及水平配向液晶硬化膜A。水平配向膜之光學特性可藉由聚合性液晶化合物之配向狀態或延伸方法進行調整。就水平配向膜之薄膜化之觀點而言,較佳為水平配向液晶硬化膜A。
[Film aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film]
In this specification, a film aligned in the horizontal direction with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a horizontal alignment film) is a retardation film. Examples of the horizontal alignment film include a stretched film and a horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A. The optical characteristics of the horizontal alignment film can be adjusted by the alignment state or stretching method of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. From the viewpoint of thinning the horizontal alignment film, the horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A is preferred.

(水平配向液晶硬化膜A)
本說明書中,水平配向液晶硬化膜A係聚合性液晶化合物於相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之狀態下硬化而成的液晶硬化膜。水平配向液晶硬化膜A中,聚合性液晶化合物之光軸相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向。作為聚合性液晶化合物,例如可列舉具有至少1個聚合性基之液晶化合物(I)-1。再者,於本說明書中,將本發明之積層體所包含之水平配向液晶硬化膜稱為水平配向液晶硬化膜A,將下述偏光板之偏光膜所包含之水平配向液晶硬化膜稱為水平配向液晶硬化膜B而區分各者。
(Horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A)
In this specification, the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A is a polymerized liquid crystal compound that is cured in a state of being aligned in the horizontal direction with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. In the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A, the optical axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is aligned in the horizontal direction with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. Examples of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound include a liquid crystal compound (I) -1 having at least one polymerizable group. Furthermore, in this specification, the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film included in the laminate of the present invention is called horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A, and the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film included in the polarizing film of the following polarizing plate is called horizontal The liquid crystal cured film B is aligned to distinguish each.

(水平配向液晶硬化膜A之製造方法)
水平配向液晶硬化膜A係組合物(以下,有時記載為水平配向液晶硬化膜A形成用組合物)之硬化物。水平配向液晶硬化膜A之製造方法上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之製造方法,不同之處在於形成於水平配向膜上。作為水平配向液晶硬化膜A之製造方法之一例,包括:塗佈步驟,其於預先製作之水平配向膜上塗佈該組合物,形成塗佈膜;乾燥覆膜形成步驟,其使塗佈膜乾燥,形成乾燥覆膜;及硬化膜形成步驟,其對乾燥覆膜照射活性能量線,形成水平配向液晶硬化膜。
(Manufacturing method of horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A)
A cured product of a horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A-based composition (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a composition for forming a horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A). The manufacturing method of the horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A is different from the manufacturing method of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film, except that it is formed on the horizontal alignment film. As an example of a method for manufacturing the horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A, it includes: a coating step, which applies the composition on the horizontal alignment film prepared in advance to form a coating film; and a dry coating film forming step, which makes the coating film Drying to form a dry coating; and a hardened film forming step, which irradiates the dry coating with active energy rays to form a horizontally aligned liquid crystal hardened film.

(延伸膜)
作為延伸膜,例如可列舉包含聚碳酸酯系樹脂之延伸膜。作為市售之延伸膜,例如可列舉「PURE-ACE(註冊商標)WR」之類之帝人股份有限公司製造之延伸膜。延伸膜通常可藉由對基材膜進行延伸而獲得。作為對基材膜進行延伸之方法,例如準備將基材膜捲繞成捲筒而得之捲繞體,自捲繞體連續地卷出基材膜,將卷出之基材膜搬送至加熱爐。加熱爐之設定溫度較佳為基材膜之玻璃轉移溫度附近~玻璃轉移溫度+50℃之範圍。於加熱爐中,向基材膜之搬送方向、或與搬送方向正交之方向進行延伸。延伸時,調整搬送方向或張力,向任意之角度加以傾斜地進行單軸延伸、雙軸延伸、或斜向延伸之熱延伸處理。延伸膜之遲相軸方向根據延伸方法而不同,根據延伸方法而決定遲相軸或光軸。延伸膜與本發明之積層體可經由黏著層而接著。
(Stretch film)
Examples of the stretched film include stretched films containing polycarbonate resin. As a commercially available stretch film, for example, a stretch film manufactured by Teijin Co., Ltd. such as "PURE-ACE (registered trademark) WR" can be cited. The stretched film can usually be obtained by stretching the base film. As a method of stretching the base film, for example, a winding body obtained by winding the base film into a roll is prepared, the base film is continuously wound out from the winding body, and the rolled base film is transported to heating furnace. The set temperature of the heating furnace is preferably in the range from the glass transition temperature of the base film to the glass transition temperature + 50 ° C. In the heating furnace, the substrate film is extended in the transport direction or in a direction orthogonal to the transport direction. During stretching, the conveying direction or tension is adjusted, and uniaxial stretching, biaxial stretching, or diagonal stretching thermal stretching is performed at an angle to any angle. The direction of the slow phase axis of the stretched film differs according to the stretching method, and the slow phase axis or the optical axis is determined according to the stretching method. The stretched film and the laminate of the present invention can be adhered via an adhesive layer.

本發明之積層體就抑制具備積層體之橢圓偏光板於短波長側之橢圓率降低之觀點而言,構成積層體之水平配向薄膜較佳為滿足下述關係式(3):
ReA(450)/ReA(550)≦1 (3)
[關係式(3)中,ReA(450)表示上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜於波長450 nm下之面內相位差值,ReA(550)表示上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜於波長550 nm下之面內相位差值]。
就進一步抑制橢圓率降低之觀點而言,ReA(450)/ReA(550)更佳為0.95以下,進而較佳為0.90以下。
又,同樣地就提高具備積層體之橢圓偏光板之橢圓率之觀點而言,較佳為滿足以下(3)-2:
120 nm≦ReA(550)≦170 nm (3)-2。
就提高具備積層體之橢圓偏光板之橢圓率之觀點而言,較佳為130 nm≦ReA(550)≦160 nm。
In the laminated body of the present invention, from the viewpoint of suppressing the decrease in the ellipticity of the elliptically polarizing plate provided with the laminated body on the short wavelength side, the horizontal alignment film constituting the laminated body preferably satisfies the following relationship (3):
ReA (450) / ReA (550) ≦ 1 (3)
[In relation (3), ReA (450) represents the in-plane retardation value of the film aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 450 nm, and ReA (550) represents the relative The in-plane retardation value of the film aligned in the horizontal direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film toward the horizontal direction at a wavelength of 550 nm].
From the viewpoint of further suppressing the decrease in ellipticity, ReA (450) / ReA (550) is more preferably 0.95 or less, and still more preferably 0.90 or less.
Also, from the viewpoint of improving the ellipticity of the elliptically polarizing plate provided with a laminate, it is preferable to satisfy the following (3) -2:
120 nm ≦ ReA (550) ≦ 170 nm (3) -2.
From the viewpoint of improving the ellipticity of an elliptically polarizing plate provided with a laminate, it is preferably 130 nm ≦ ReA (550) ≦ 160 nm.

本發明所記載之積層體之中,包含垂直配向液晶硬化膜及相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜的積層體就縮小正面方向之相位差值與自斜向之相位差值之差之觀點而言,即就抑制具備包含該積層體之橢圓偏光板之顯示器之斜向反射色相變差的觀點而言,較佳為滿足下述關係式(4):
|R0(550)-R40(550)|≦10 nm (4)
[關係式(4)中,R0(550)表示波長550 nm下之積層體之面內相位差值,R40(550)表示繞上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜的進相軸方向旋轉40°時波長550 nm下之相位差值]。
就進一步抑制斜向反射色相變差之觀點而言,更佳為8 nm以下,進而較佳為4 nm以下。
Among the laminates described in the present invention, a laminate including a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film and a film aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film reduces the frontal phase difference value and self-oblique From the viewpoint of the difference in phase difference value, that is, from the viewpoint of suppressing the deterioration of the oblique reflection hue of the display including the elliptically polarizing plate of the laminate, it is preferable to satisfy the following relational expression (4):
| R0 (550) -R40 (550) | ≦ 10 nm (4)
[In relation (4), R0 (550) represents the in-plane retardation value of the laminate at a wavelength of 550 nm, and R40 (550) represents the alignment in the horizontal direction around the above-mentioned in-plane direction relative to the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film The phase difference value at a wavelength of 550 nm when the film's phase axis is rotated by 40 °].
From the viewpoint of further suppressing the deterioration of the oblique reflection hue, it is more preferably 8 nm or less, and further preferably 4 nm or less.

本發明所記載之積層體之中,包含垂直配向液晶硬化膜與相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜的積層體就抑制具備包含該積層體之橢圓偏光板之顯示器之斜向反射色相變差的觀點而言,較佳為滿足下述關係式(5):
|R0(450)-R40(450)|≦10 nm (5)
[關係式(5)中,R0(450)表示波長450 nm下之積層體之面內相位差值,R40(450)表示繞上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜的進相軸方向旋轉40°時波長450 nm下之相位差值]。
就進一步抑制斜向反射色相變差之觀點而言,更佳為8 nm以下,進而較佳為4 nm以下。
Among the laminates described in the present invention, a laminate including a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film and a film aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film suppresses a display equipped with an elliptically polarizing plate including the laminate From the viewpoint of the deterioration of the oblique reflection hue, it is preferable to satisfy the following relational expression (5):
| R0 (450) -R40 (450) | ≦ 10 nm (5)
[In relation (5), R0 (450) represents the in-plane retardation value of the laminate at a wavelength of 450 nm, and R40 (450) represents the alignment in the horizontal direction around the above-mentioned in-plane direction with respect to the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film The phase difference at a wavelength of 450 nm when the film's phase-advancing axis is rotated by 40 °].
From the viewpoint of further suppressing the deterioration of the oblique reflection hue, it is more preferably 8 nm or less, and further preferably 4 nm or less.

本發明所記載之積層體之中,包含垂直配向液晶硬化膜及相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜的積層體就抑制具備包含該積層體之橢圓偏光板之顯示器之斜向反射色相變差的觀點而言,較佳為滿足下述關係式(6):
|{R0(450)-R40(450)}-{R0(550)-R40(550)}|≦3 nm (6)
[關係式(6)中,R0(450)表示波長450 nm下之積層體之面內相位差值,R0(550)表示波長550 nm下之積層體之面內相位差值,R40(450)表示繞上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜的進相軸方向旋轉40°時波長450 nm下之相位差值,R40(550)表示繞上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜的進相軸方向旋轉40°時波長550 nm下之相位差值]。
就進一步抑制斜向反射色相變差之觀點而言,更佳為2 nm以下,進而較佳為1 nm以下。
Among the laminates described in the present invention, a laminate including a vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured film and a film aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured film suppresses a display equipped with an elliptically polarizing plate including the laminate From the viewpoint of the deterioration of the oblique reflection hue, it is preferable to satisfy the following relational expression (6):
| {R0 (450) -R40 (450)} - {R0 (550) -R40 (550)} | ≦ 3 nm (6)
[In relation (6), R0 (450) represents the in-plane phase difference of the laminate at a wavelength of 450 nm, R0 (550) represents the in-plane phase difference of the laminate at a wavelength of 550 nm, R40 (450) Represents the phase difference value at a wavelength of 450 nm when the phase advancement axis of the film aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film is rotated by 40 °, and R40 (550) represents the liquid crystal with respect to the vertical alignment The phase difference value at a wavelength of 550 nm when the in-plane direction of the cured film is rotated by 40 ° in the direction of the phase advancement axis of the film aligned horizontally].
From the viewpoint of further suppressing the deterioration of the oblique reflection hue, it is more preferably 2 nm or less, and further preferably 1 nm or less.

[積層體之製造方法]
本發明之積層體之製造方法包括垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成步驟。垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成步驟為上述垂直配向液晶硬化膜之製造方法。藉由已說明之垂直配向液晶硬化膜之製造方法,能夠製造由基材及垂直配向液晶硬化膜構成之積層體、以及由基材、配向膜、及垂直配向液晶硬化膜構成之積層體。
於積層體具備相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平配向進行配向之膜之情形時,積層體之製造方法進而包括延伸膜貼合步驟或水平配向液晶硬化膜A形成步驟。延伸膜貼合步驟係使用黏接著劑將延伸膜貼合於例如垂直配向液晶硬化膜。具備水平配向液晶硬化膜A之積層體之製造方法例如可經由黏著層將垂直配向液晶硬化膜與水平配向液晶硬化膜貼合而進行製造,亦可將水平配向膜及水平配向液晶硬化膜A形成於垂直配向液晶硬化膜上。又,亦可於延伸膜上或水平配向液晶硬化膜A形成垂直配向液晶硬化膜。
[Manufacturing method of laminate]
The manufacturing method of the laminate of the present invention includes a step of forming a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. The step of forming a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film is the above-mentioned method of manufacturing a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. According to the method for manufacturing a vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured film described above, it is possible to manufacture a laminate composed of a substrate and a vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured film, and a laminate composed of a substrate, an alignment film, and a vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured film.
When the laminate has a film that is aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film, the manufacturing method of the laminate further includes a step of laminating the film or a step of forming a horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A. The step of attaching the stretched film is to stick the stretched film to, for example, a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film using an adhesive. The manufacturing method of the laminated body provided with the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A can be manufactured by, for example, bonding a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film and a horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film via an adhesive layer, or a horizontally aligned film and a horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A can be formed On the vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened film. In addition, a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film may be formed on the stretched film or the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A.

[黏接著劑]
作為黏接著劑,例如可列舉感壓式黏著劑、乾燥固化型接著劑、及化學反應型接著劑。作為化學反應型接著劑,例如可列舉活性能量線硬化型接著劑。
[Adhesive]
Examples of the adhesive include pressure-sensitive adhesives, dry-curing adhesives, and chemical reaction adhesives. Examples of the chemical reaction type adhesive include active energy ray hardening type adhesives.

感壓式黏著劑通常包含聚合物,亦可包含溶劑。作為聚合物,例如可列舉丙烯酸系聚合物、聚矽氧系聚合物、聚酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、及聚醚。該等感壓式黏著劑之中,包含丙烯酸系聚合物之感壓式黏著劑由於光學透明性優異,具有適度之潤濕性或凝集力,接著性優異,進而耐候性或耐熱性等較高,且加熱或加濕之條件下不易產生鼓起或剝離等,故而較佳。The pressure-sensitive adhesive usually contains a polymer, and may also contain a solvent. Examples of the polymer include acrylic polymers, polysiloxane polymers, polyesters, polyurethanes, and polyethers. Among these pressure-sensitive adhesives, pressure-sensitive adhesives containing acrylic polymers have excellent optical transparency, moderate wettability or cohesive force, excellent adhesion, and higher weather resistance or heat resistance. And, under the condition of heating or humidification, it is not easy to cause bulging or peeling, so it is preferred.

作為丙烯酸系聚合物,例如較佳為酯部分之烷基為甲基、乙基或丁基之類之碳數1~20之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與(甲基)丙烯酸或(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯等具有官能基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體的共聚物。As the acrylic polymer, for example, a (meth) acrylic acid ester with (meth) acrylic acid or (meth) acrylic acid or (meth) acrylic acid or (meth) acrylic acid or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20 such as a methyl group, an ethyl group or a butyl group in the ester portion is preferably Copolymers of (meth) acrylic monomers with functional groups such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate.

包含此種共聚物之感壓式黏著劑由於黏著性優異,即便於貼合於被轉印體後移除,亦能夠不於被轉印體產生糊劑殘留等而相對容易地移除,故而較佳。丙烯酸系聚合物之玻璃轉移溫度較佳為25℃以下,更佳為0℃以下。此種丙烯酸系聚合物之質量平均分子量較佳為10萬以上。Since the pressure-sensitive adhesive containing such a copolymer has excellent adhesiveness, even if it is removed after being attached to the transfer body, it can be removed relatively easily without leaving a paste residue on the transfer body. Better. The glass transition temperature of the acrylic polymer is preferably 25 ° C or lower, and more preferably 0 ° C or lower. The mass average molecular weight of such acrylic polymer is preferably 100,000 or more.

作為溶劑,例如可列舉作為上述溶劑而列舉之溶劑。感壓式黏著劑亦可含有光擴散劑。光擴散劑係對感壓式黏著劑賦予光擴散性之添加劑,只要為具有與感壓式黏著劑所包含之聚合物之折射率不同之折射率的微粒子即可。作為光擴散劑,可列舉包含無機化合物之微粒子、及包含有機化合物(聚合物)之微粒子。包括丙烯酸系聚合物在內,感壓式黏著劑作為有效成分所包含之聚合物大多具有1.4~1.6左右之折射率,因此較佳為自其折射率為1.2~1.8之光擴散劑適當選擇。感壓式黏著劑作為有效成分所包含之聚合物與光擴散劑之折射率差通常為0.01以上,就顯示裝置之亮度與顯示性之觀點而言,較佳為0.01~0.2。用作光擴散劑之微粒子較佳為球形之微粒子、尤其是接近單分散之微粒子,更佳為平均粒徑為2~6 μm之微粒子。折射率係藉由一般之最小偏角法或阿貝折射計進行測定。As the solvent, for example, the solvents listed as the above-mentioned solvents can be cited. The pressure-sensitive adhesive may also contain a light diffusing agent. The light diffusing agent is an additive that imparts light diffusibility to the pressure-sensitive adhesive, as long as it is a fine particle having a refractive index different from that of the polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive. Examples of the light diffusing agent include fine particles containing inorganic compounds and fine particles containing organic compounds (polymers). Including acrylic polymers, most of the polymers included in the pressure-sensitive adhesive as an active ingredient have a refractive index of about 1.4 to 1.6. Therefore, it is preferable to appropriately select a light diffusing agent having a refractive index of 1.2 to 1.8. The difference in refractive index between the polymer and the light diffusing agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive as an effective component is usually 0.01 or more, and from the viewpoint of the brightness and displayability of the display device, it is preferably 0.01 to 0.2. The fine particles used as the light diffusing agent are preferably spherical fine particles, especially close to monodisperse fine particles, and more preferably fine particles having an average particle diameter of 2 to 6 μm. The refractive index is measured by the general minimum angle method or Abbe refractometer.

作為包含無機化合物之微粒子,例如可列舉氧化鋁(折射率1.76)及氧化矽(折射率1.45)。作為包含有機化合物(聚合物)之微粒子,例如可列舉三聚氰胺顆粒(折射率1.57)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯顆粒(折射率1.49)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物樹脂顆粒(折射率1.50~1.59)、聚碳酸酯顆粒(折射率1.55)、聚乙烯顆粒(折射率1.53)、聚苯乙烯顆粒(折射率1.6)、聚氯乙烯顆粒(折射率1.46)、及聚矽氧樹脂顆粒(折射率1.46)。光擴散劑之含量通常相對於聚合物100質量份為3~30質量份。Examples of fine particles containing inorganic compounds include aluminum oxide (refractive index 1.76) and silicon oxide (refractive index 1.45). Examples of fine particles containing organic compounds (polymers) include melamine particles (refractive index 1.57), polymethyl methacrylate particles (refractive index 1.49), and methyl methacrylate / styrene copolymer resin particles (refractive index) 1.50 ~ 1.59), polycarbonate particles (refractive index 1.55), polyethylene particles (refractive index 1.53), polystyrene particles (refractive index 1.6), polyvinyl chloride particles (refractive index 1.46), and silicone particles (Refractive index 1.46). The content of the light diffusing agent is usually 3 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymer.

感壓式黏著劑之厚度係根據其密接力等而決定,故而並無特別限制,通常為1 μm~40 μm。就加工性或耐久性等方面而言,該厚度較佳為3 μm~25 μm,更佳為5 μm~20 μm。藉由將由感壓式黏著劑形成之黏著層之厚度設為5 μm~20 μm,能夠保持自正面觀察顯示裝置之情形或自斜向觀察之情形之亮度,不易產生顯示圖像之暈染或模糊。The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is determined according to its adhesion, etc., so it is not particularly limited, but it is usually 1 μm to 40 μm. From the aspects of workability and durability, the thickness is preferably 3 μm to 25 μm, and more preferably 5 μm to 20 μm. By setting the thickness of the adhesive layer formed by the pressure-sensitive adhesive to 5 μm to 20 μm, it is possible to maintain the brightness when viewing the display device from the front or from the oblique direction, and it is not easy to cause blooming of the displayed image or blurry.

乾燥固化型接著劑亦可包含溶劑。作為乾燥固化型接著劑,例如可列舉如下組合物,其含有具有羥基、羧基、或胺基之類之質子性官能基與乙烯性不飽和基之單體之聚合物、或胺基甲酸酯聚合物作為主成分,且進而含有多元醛、環氧化合物、環氧樹脂、三聚氰胺化合物、氧化鋯化合物、及鋅化合物之類之交聯劑或硬化性化合物。作為具有羥基、羧基或胺基等質子性官能基與乙烯性不飽和基之單體之聚合物,例如可列舉乙烯-順丁烯二酸共聚物、伊康酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯醯胺共聚物、聚乙酸乙烯酯之皂化物、及聚乙烯醇系樹脂。The dry-curing adhesive may also contain a solvent. Examples of dry-curing adhesives include compositions containing a polymer of a monomer having a protonic functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, or an amine group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, or a carbamate The polymer is a main component, and further contains a crosslinking agent or hardening compound such as polyaldehyde, epoxy compound, epoxy resin, melamine compound, zirconia compound, and zinc compound. Examples of the polymer having a monomer having a protonic functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, or an amine group and an ethylenically unsaturated group include ethylene-maleic acid copolymer, itaconic acid copolymer, acrylic copolymer, and propylene Acetylamine copolymer, saponified polyvinyl acetate, and polyvinyl alcohol resin.

作為聚乙烯醇系樹脂,例如可列舉聚乙烯醇、部分皂化聚乙烯醇、完全皂化聚乙烯醇、羧基改性聚乙烯醇、乙醯乙醯基改性聚乙烯醇、羥甲基改性聚乙烯醇、及胺基改性聚乙烯醇。水系之黏接著劑中之聚乙烯醇系樹脂之含量相對於水100質量份,通常為1~10質量份,較佳為1~5質量份。Examples of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin include polyvinyl alcohol, partially saponified polyvinyl alcohol, fully saponified polyvinyl alcohol, carboxyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol, ethoxylated polyvinyl alcohol, and hydroxymethyl modified polyhydric alcohol. Vinyl alcohol, and amine modified polyvinyl alcohol. The content of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin in the water-based adhesive is generally 1 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of water.

作為胺基甲酸酯樹脂,例如可列舉聚酯系離子聚合物型胺基甲酸酯樹脂。此處所謂聚酯系離子聚合物型胺基甲酸酯樹脂,係具有聚酯骨架之胺基甲酸酯樹脂,且係於其中導入有少量之離子性成分(親水成分)之樹脂。該離子聚合物型胺基甲酸酯樹脂由於不使用乳化劑,於水中乳化而成為乳液,故而可製成水系之黏接著劑。於使用聚酯系離子聚合物型胺基甲酸酯樹脂之情形時,有效的是調配水溶性之環氧化合物作為交聯劑。As the urethane resin, for example, a polyester ionomer type urethane resin can be mentioned. The polyester ionic polymer urethane resin referred to here is a urethane resin having a polyester skeleton, and a resin in which a small amount of ionic component (hydrophilic component) is introduced. The ionic polymer urethane resin does not use an emulsifier and is emulsified in water to become an emulsion, so it can be made into an aqueous adhesive. In the case of using a polyester-based ionic polymer urethane resin, it is effective to prepare a water-soluble epoxy compound as a crosslinking agent.

作為環氧樹脂,可列舉使表氯醇與藉由二伸乙基三胺或三伸乙基四胺等聚伸烷基聚胺與己二酸等二羧酸之反應而獲得之聚醯胺聚胺進行反應而獲得的聚醯胺環氧樹脂等。作為該聚醯胺環氧樹脂之市售品,例如可列舉Sumika Chemtex股份有限公司製造之「Sumirez Resin(註冊商標)650」及「Sumirez Resin 675」、以及日本PMC股份有限公司製造之「WS-525」。於調配環氧樹脂之情形時,其含量相對於聚乙烯醇系樹脂100質量份,通常為1~100質量份,較佳為1~50質量份。Examples of the epoxy resin include polyamide obtained by reacting epichlorohydrin with a polyalkylene polyamine such as diethylenetriamine or triethylenetetraamine, and a dicarboxylic acid such as adipic acid. Polyamide epoxy resin obtained by reacting polyamine. Examples of commercially available products of this polyamide epoxy resin include "Sumirez Resin (registered trademark) 650" and "Sumirez Resin 675" manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd., and "WS-" manufactured by Japan PMC Co., Ltd. 525 ". In the case of blending epoxy resin, its content is usually 1 to 100 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin.

就抑制外觀不良之產生之觀點而言,由乾燥固化型接著劑形成之黏接著劑層之厚度通常為0.001~5 μm,較佳為0.01~2 μm,進而較佳為0.01~0.5 μm。From the viewpoint of suppressing the appearance of poor appearance, the thickness of the adhesive layer formed of the dry-curing adhesive is usually 0.001 to 5 μm, preferably 0.01 to 2 μm, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5 μm.

活性能量線硬化型接著劑亦可包含溶劑。活性能量線硬化型接著劑係指受到活性能量線之照射而硬化之黏接著劑。作為活性能量線硬化型接著劑,例如可列舉含有環氧化合物與陽離子聚合起始劑之陽離子聚合性之接著劑、含有丙烯酸系硬化成分與自由基聚合起始劑之自由基聚合性之接著劑、含有環氧化合物之類之陽離子聚合性之硬化成分與丙烯酸系化合物等自由基聚合性之硬化成分兩者且進而含有陽離子聚合起始劑與自由基聚合起始劑之接著劑、及不含該等聚合起始劑而藉由照射電子束而硬化之接著劑。The active energy ray-curable adhesive may also contain a solvent. Active energy ray hardening adhesive refers to an adhesive that is hardened by the irradiation of active energy rays. Examples of the active energy ray-curable adhesive include cationic polymerizable adhesives containing epoxy compounds and cationic polymerization initiators, and radical polymerizable adhesives containing acrylic curing components and radical polymerization initiators. , An adhesive containing a cationic polymerizable hardening component such as an epoxy compound and a radical polymerizable hardening component such as an acrylic compound and further containing a cationic polymerization initiator and a radical polymerization initiator, and not containing These polymerization initiators are adhesives hardened by irradiation with electron beams.

該等活性能量線硬化型接著劑之中,較佳為含有丙烯酸系硬化成分與光自由基聚合起始劑之自由基聚合性之活性能量線硬化型接著劑、及含有環氧化合物與光陽離子聚合起始劑之陽離子聚合性之活性能量線硬化型接著劑。作為丙烯酸系硬化成分,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯及(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之類之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、以及(甲基)丙烯酸。含有環氧化合物之活性能量線硬化型接著劑亦可進而含有環氧化合物以外之化合物。作為環氧化合物以外之化合物,例如可列舉氧雜環丁烷化合物及丙烯酸系化合物。Among these active energy ray-curable adhesives, it is preferably a radically polymerizable active energy ray-curable adhesive containing an acrylic curing component and a photo radical polymerization initiator, and an epoxy compound and a photo cation Cationic polymerizable active energy ray hardening type adhesive for polymerization initiator. Examples of the acrylic curing component include (meth) acrylates such as methyl (meth) acrylate and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylic acid. The active energy ray-curable adhesive containing an epoxy compound may further contain a compound other than the epoxy compound. Examples of compounds other than epoxy compounds include oxetane compounds and acrylic compounds.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑及光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可列舉上述光自由基聚合起始劑及光陽離子聚合起始劑。自由基聚合起始劑及陽離子聚合起始劑之含量相對於活性能量線硬化型接著劑100質量份,通常為0.5~20質量份,較佳為1~15質量份。Examples of the photo-radical polymerization initiator and photo-cationic polymerization initiator include the above-mentioned photo-radical polymerization initiators and photo-cationic polymerization initiator. The content of the radical polymerization initiator and the cationic polymerization initiator is usually 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, and preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the active energy ray hardening type adhesive.

於活性能量線硬化型接著劑中亦可進而含有離子捕捉劑、抗氧化劑、鏈轉移劑、黏著賦予劑、熱塑性樹脂、填充劑、流動調整劑、塑化劑、及消泡劑。The active energy ray-curable adhesive may further contain an ion scavenger, antioxidant, chain transfer agent, adhesion-imparting agent, thermoplastic resin, filler, flow regulator, plasticizer, and defoaming agent.

<橢圓偏光板>
橢圓偏光板包含上述積層體與偏光膜。橢圓偏光板亦可視需要進而包含任意之層(更具體而言為保護層及黏接著劑等)。積層體及偏光膜例如係經由黏接著劑而接著。
<Elliptical Polarizer>
The elliptically polarizing plate includes the above-mentioned laminate and polarizing film. The elliptically polarizing plate may further include an arbitrary layer (more specifically, a protective layer, an adhesive, etc.) as needed. The laminate and the polarizing film are adhered by an adhesive, for example.

圖1係表示橢圓偏光板之層構成之一例的概略剖視圖。圖1所示之橢圓偏光板20由積層體15、黏接著劑7、偏光膜11、及保護層13構成。積層體15由基材1、水平配向膜3、水平配向液晶硬化膜A 5、黏接著劑7、及垂直配向液晶硬化膜9構成。水平配向液晶硬化膜A 5之遲相軸與偏光膜11之吸收軸所成之角為45±5°。FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer configuration of an elliptically polarizing plate. The elliptical polarizing plate 20 shown in FIG. 1 is composed of a laminate 15, an adhesive 7, a polarizing film 11, and a protective layer 13. The laminate 15 is composed of a base material 1, a horizontal alignment film 3, a horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A 5, an adhesive 7, and a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film 9. The angle formed by the retardation axis of the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A 5 and the absorption axis of the polarizing film 11 is 45 ± 5 °.

(偏光膜)
偏光膜係具有偏光功能之膜。作為偏光膜,例如可列舉包含二色性色素且相對於偏光膜之膜表面朝水平方向配向之膜(更具體而言為吸附有二色性色素之延伸膜(以下,有時記載為偏光膜A)、及包含二色性色素之水平配向液晶硬化膜B(以下,有時記載為偏光膜B)等)。就橢圓偏光板之薄膜化之觀點而言,較佳為包含二色性色素之水平配向液晶硬化膜B。二色性色素意指顯示吸收各向異性,具有二色性色素之分子之長軸方向上之吸光度與短軸方向上之吸光度不同之性質的色素。
(Polarizing film)
The polarizing film is a film having a polarizing function. As the polarizing film, for example, a film containing a dichroic dye and aligned in the horizontal direction with respect to the film surface of the polarizing film (more specifically, an extended film adsorbed with a dichroic dye (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a polarizing film A), and a horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film B (hereinafter sometimes referred to as polarizing film B) containing a dichroic dye, etc.). From the viewpoint of thinning the elliptically polarizing plate, it is preferable that the horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film B containing a dichroic dye is used. The dichroic pigment means a pigment that exhibits absorption anisotropy, and has a property that the absorbance of the molecule of the dichroic pigment in the long axis direction is different from the absorbance in the short axis direction.

(水平配向液晶硬化膜B)
水平配向液晶硬化膜B係含有二色性色素與聚合性液晶化合物(B)之組合物(以下,有時記載為偏光膜B形成用組合物)之硬化物。水平配向液晶硬化膜B包含二色性色素,且係聚合性液晶化合物(B)於相對於面內方向朝水平方向配向之狀態下硬化而成的液晶硬化膜。
(Horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film B)
The horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film B is a cured product of a composition (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a composition for forming a polarizing film B) containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B). The horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film B contains a dichroic dye, and is a liquid crystal cured film obtained by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) in a state of being aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction.

水平配向液晶硬化膜B較佳為聚合性液晶化合物(B)於相對於膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之層列相之狀態下硬化而成的硬化膜。即,於聚合性液晶化合物(B)為熱致液晶之情形時,可為顯示向列液晶相之熱致性液晶化合物,亦可為顯示層列液晶相之熱致性液晶化合物。於藉由聚合反應而作為硬化膜表現偏光功能時,聚合性液晶化合物所顯示之液晶狀態較佳為層列相,若為高次層列相則就高性能化之觀點而言更佳。其中,更佳為形成層列B相、層列D相、層列E相、層列F相、層列G相、層列H相、層列I相、層列J相、層列K相或層列L相之高次層列液晶化合物,進而較佳為形成層列B相、層列F相或層列I相之高次層列液晶化合物。若聚合性液晶化合物(B)所形成之液晶相為該等高次層列相,則能夠製造偏光性能更高之偏光膜。又,偏光性能如上所述較高之偏光膜於X射線繞射測定中,可獲得源自六相或結晶相等高次結構之布勒格波峰。該布勒格波峰係源自分子配向之週期結構之波峰,可獲得其週期間隔為3~6 Å之膜。就獲得更高之偏光特性之觀點而言,水平配向液晶硬化膜B較佳為包含於層列相之狀態下聚合之聚合性液晶化合物(B)之聚合物。再者,聚合性液晶化合物(B)所具有之下述聚合性基於水平配向液晶硬化膜B中可為未聚合之狀態,亦可為已聚合之狀態。即,水平配向液晶硬化膜B可於聚合性液晶化合物(B)(單體)、聚合性液晶化合物(B)之低聚物、聚合性液晶化合物(B)之聚合物、及該等之組合之任一狀態下含有。聚合性液晶化合物(B)所具有之聚合性基於水平配向液晶硬化膜B中較佳為未聚合之狀態。The horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film B is preferably a cured film obtained by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) in a smectic phase aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction of the film. That is, when the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) is a thermotropic liquid crystal, it may be a thermotropic liquid crystal compound showing a nematic liquid crystal phase or a thermotropic liquid crystal compound showing a smectic liquid crystal phase. When a polarizing function is exhibited as a cured film by a polymerization reaction, the liquid crystal state displayed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a smectic phase, and a higher-order smectic phase is more preferable from the viewpoint of high performance. Among them, it is more preferable to form smectic B phase, smectic D phase, smectic E phase, smectic F phase, smectic G phase, smectic H phase, smectic I phase, smectic J phase, smectic K phase Or a higher order smectic liquid crystal compound of smectic L phase, and further preferably a higher order smectic liquid crystal compound forming smectic B phase, smectic F phase or smectic I phase. If the liquid crystal phase formed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) is the high-order smectic phase, a polarizing film with higher polarization performance can be manufactured. In addition, in the X-ray diffraction measurement, a polarizing film having a higher polarizing performance as described above can obtain a Bragg wave peak derived from a six-phase or crystalline equivalent higher-order structure. The Bragg wave peak is derived from the peak of the periodic structure of molecular alignment, and a film with a periodic interval of 3 to 6 Å can be obtained. From the viewpoint of obtaining higher polarization characteristics, the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film B is preferably a polymer containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) polymerized in a smectic phase. Furthermore, the following polymerizability possessed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) may be in an unpolymerized state or a polymerized state in the horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film B. That is, the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film B can be used in the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) (monomer), the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) oligomer, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) polymer, and combinations of these Contains in any state. The polymerizability of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) is preferably in an unpolymerized state based on the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film B.

作為聚合性液晶化合物(B),具體而言,可列舉下述式(B)所表示之化合物等。當該聚合性液晶可單獨使用,亦可組合2種以上使用。Specific examples of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) include compounds represented by the following formula (B). When this polymerizable liquid crystal can be used alone, it can also be used in combination of 2 or more types.

U1 -V1 -W1 -X1 -Y1 -X2 -Y2 -X3 -W2 -V2 -U2 (B)
[式(B)中,X1 、X2 、及X3 分別獨立表示2價芳香族基或2價脂環式烴基,此處,該2價芳香族基或該2價脂環式烴基所包含之氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子、碳數1~4之烷基、碳數1~4之氟烷基、碳數1~4之烷氧基、氰基、或硝基,構成該2價芳香族基或該2價脂環式烴基之碳原子可被取代為氧原子、硫原子、或氮原子。其中,X1 、X2 、及X3 中之至少1個表示可具有取代基之1,4-伸苯基、或可具有取代基之環己烷-1,4-二基。
Y1 、Y2 、W1 、及W2 分別獨立表示單鍵或二價連結基。
V1 及V2 分別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數1~20之烷二基,構成該烷二基之-CH2 -可被取代為-O-、-CO-、-S-或NH-。
U1 及U2 分別獨立表示聚合性基或氫原子,U1 及U2 中之至少1個表示聚合性基。
U 1 -V 1 -W 1 -X 1 -Y 1 -X 2 -Y 2 -X 3 -W 2 -V 2 -U 2 (B)
[In formula (B), X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 each independently represent a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group. Here, the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group The contained hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, a C 1-4 alkyl group, a C 1-4 fluoroalkyl group, a C 1-4 alkoxy group, a cyano group, or a nitro group, constituting the 2 The carbon atom of the valent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom. Among them, at least one of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 represents 1,4-phenylene which may have a substituent, or cyclohexane-1,4-diyl which may have a substituent.
Y 1 , Y 2 , W 1 , and W 2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group.
V 1 and V 2 independently represent a C 1-20 alkanediyl group which may have a substituent, and -CH 2 -constituting the alkanediyl group may be substituted with -O-, -CO-, -S-, or NH -.
U 1 and U 2 each independently represent a polymerizable group or a hydrogen atom, and at least one of U 1 and U 2 represents a polymerizable group.

於聚合性液晶化合物(B)中,X1 、X2 、及X3 中之至少1個表示可具有取代基之1,4-伸苯基、或可具有取代基之環己烷-1,4-二基。特別是X1 及X3 較佳為表示可具有取代基之環己烷-1,4-二基,該環己烷-1,4-二基進而較佳為反式環己烷-1,4-二基。作為可具有取代基之1,4-伸苯基、或可具有取代基之環己烷-1,4-二基任意地具有之取代基,例如可列舉甲基、乙基、及丁基之類之碳數1~4之烷基、氰基、以及氯原子及氟原子之類之鹵素原子。可具有取代基之1,4-伸苯基、或可具有取代基之環己烷-1,4-二基較佳為1,4-伸苯基及環己烷-1,4-二基。又,於Y1 及Y2 為同一結構之情形時,較佳為X1 、X2 及X3 中之至少1個為不同之結構。於X1 、X2 及X3 中之至少1個為不同之結構之情形時,有容易表現層列液晶性之傾向。In the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B), at least one of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 represents 1,4-phenylene which may have a substituent, or cyclohexane-1 which may have a substituent 4-diyl. In particular, X 1 and X 3 preferably represent a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group which may have a substituent, and the cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group is further preferably transcyclohexane-1, 4-diyl. Examples of the optionally substituted substituents of 1,4-phenylene which may have a substituent or cyclohexane-1,4-diyl which may have a substituent include methyl, ethyl, and butyl. The C 1-4 alkyl groups, cyano groups, and halogen atoms such as chlorine and fluorine atoms. 1,4-phenylene which may have a substituent, or cyclohexane-1,4-diyl which may have a substituent is preferably 1,4-phenylene and cyclohexane-1,4-diyl . In addition, when Y 1 and Y 2 have the same structure, it is preferable that at least one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is a different structure. In the case where at least one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 has a different structure, there is a tendency to easily express smectic liquid crystallinity.

Y1 及Y2 較佳為分別獨立表示單鍵、-CH2 CH2 -、-CH2 O-、-CH2 CH2 O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CRa =CRb -、-C≡C-或CRa =N-,Ra 及Rb 分別獨立表示氫原子或碳數1~4之烷基。Y1 及Y2 更佳為分別獨立表示-CH2 CH2 -、-COO-、-OCO-、或單鍵。又,於X1 、X2 及X3 全部為同一結構之情形時,較佳為Y1 及Y2 為互不相同之鍵結方式。於Y1 及Y2 為互不相同之鍵結方式之情形時,有容易表現層列液晶性之傾向。Y 1 and Y 2 each independently preferably represent a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 O -, - COO -, - OCO -, - N = N -, - CR a = CR b- , -C≡C- or CR a = N-, R a and R b independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Y 1 and Y 2 more preferably independently represent -CH 2 CH 2- , -COO-, -OCO-, or a single bond. In addition, when X 1 , X 2 and X 3 all have the same structure, it is preferable that Y 1 and Y 2 are different bonding systems from each other. In the case where Y 1 and Y 2 are different bonding methods from each other, there is a tendency to easily express smectic liquid crystallinity.

W1 及W2 較佳為分別獨立表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-COO-、或OCO-,更佳為分別獨立表示單鍵或-O-。W 1 and W 2 preferably independently represent a single bond, -O-, -S-, -COO-, or OCO-, and more preferably independently represent a single bond or -O-, respectively.

作為V1 及V2 所表示之碳數1~20之烷二基,例如可列舉亞甲基、伸乙基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基、戊烷-1,5-二基、己烷-1,6-二基、庚烷-1,7-二基、辛烷-1,8-二基、癸烷-1,10-二基、十四烷-1,14-二基、及二十烷-1,20-二基。V1 及V2 較佳為表示碳數2~12之烷二基,更佳為表示直鏈狀之碳數6~12之烷二基。於V1 及V2 表示直鏈狀之碳數6~12之烷二基之情形時,有聚合性液晶化合物(B)之配向性提高,容易表現層列液晶性之傾向。
作為可具有取代基之碳數1~20之烷二基任意地具有之取代基,例如可列舉氰基、以及氯原子及氟原子之類之鹵素原子,但該烷二基較佳為未經取代,更佳為未經取代且直鏈狀之烷二基。
Examples of C 1-20 alkanediyl represented by V 1 and V 2 include methylene, ethylidene, propane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,3-diyl and butane Alkane-1,4-diyl, pentane-1,5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, octane-1,8-diyl, decane Alkane-1,10-diyl, tetradecane-1,14-diyl, and eicosane-1,20-diyl. V 1 and V 2 preferably represent an alkanediyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably represent a linear alkanediyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. When V 1 and V 2 represent a linear alkanediyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, there is a tendency for the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) to be improved, and the smectic liquid crystallinity tends to be easily expressed.
Examples of the optionally substituted substituents of the C 1-20 alkanediyl which may have a substituent include a cyano group, a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom and a fluorine atom, but the alkanediyl group is preferably Substitution is more preferably unsubstituted and linear alkanediyl.

U1 及U2 較佳為均表示聚合性基,更佳為均表示光聚合性基。具有光聚合性基之聚合性液晶化合物(B)由於能夠於較熱聚合性基低溫之條件下進行聚合,故而能夠於液晶之秩序度更高之狀態下形成聚合物,就該方面而言有利。U 1 and U 2 both preferably represent a polymerizable group, and more preferably both represent a photopolymerizable group. Since the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) having a photopolymerizable group can be polymerized at a lower temperature than the thermally polymerizable group, it can form a polymer in a state where the order of the liquid crystal is higher, which is advantageous in this respect. .

U1 及U2 所表示之聚合性基可相互相同亦可不同,較佳為相同。作為聚合性基,例如可列舉乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基、及氧雜環丁基。該等光聚合性基之中,較佳為丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、乙烯氧基、環氧乙烷基、及氧雜環丁基,更佳為甲基丙烯醯氧基、及丙烯醯氧基。The polymerizable groups represented by U 1 and U 2 may be the same as or different from each other, preferably the same. Examples of the polymerizable group include vinyl, vinyloxy, 1-chlorovinyl, isopropenyl, 4-vinylphenyl, acryloyloxy, methacryloyloxy, ethylene oxide, And oxetanyl. Among these photopolymerizable groups, preferred are acryloxy, methacryloxy, ethyleneoxy, oxirane, and oxetanyl, and more preferably methacryloxy , And propylene oxy.

作為此種聚合性液晶化合物(B),例如可列舉以下之式(1-1)~(1-23)所表示之聚合性液晶化合物。
[化13]
Examples of such a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) include polymerizable liquid crystal compounds represented by the following formulas (1-1) to (1-23).
[Chem 13]

[化14]
[化 14]

[化15]
[化 15]

[化16]
[Chem 16]

例示之上述聚合性液晶化合物中,較佳為選自由式(1-2)、式(1-3)、式(1-4)、式(1-6)、式(1-7)、式(1-8)、式(1-13)、式(1-14)及式(1-15)所表示之化合物所組成之群中之至少1種。聚合性液晶化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上使用。Among the above-mentioned polymerizable liquid crystal compounds, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of formula (1-2), formula (1-3), formula (1-4), formula (1-6), formula (1-7), and formula At least one of the group consisting of the compounds represented by (1-8), formula (1-13), formula (1-14) and formula (1-15). The polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

聚合性液晶化合物(B)例如可藉由Lub等、Recl. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas、115、321-328(1996)、或日本專利專利第4719156號等所記載之公知之方法製造。The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) can be produced, for example, by a known method described in Lub et al., Recl. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas, 115, 321-328 (1996), or Japanese Patent No. 4719156.

包含聚合性液晶化合物(B)之組合物只要無損本發明之效果,則亦可包含聚合性液晶化合物(B)以外之其他液晶化合物,就獲得配向秩序度較高之偏光膜之觀點而言,聚合性液晶化合物(B)相對於包含聚合性液晶化合物(B)之組合物所包含之所有液晶化合物之總質量的比率較佳為51質量%以上,更佳為70質量%以上,進而較佳為90質量%以上。As long as the composition containing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) does not impair the effect of the present invention, it may contain other liquid crystal compounds than the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B). From the viewpoint of obtaining a polarizing film having a high degree of alignment, The ratio of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) to the total mass of all liquid crystal compounds contained in the composition containing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) is preferably 51% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and still more preferably 90% by mass or more.

又,於包含聚合性液晶化合物(B)之組合物包含2種以上之聚合性液晶化合物(B)之情形時,可其中至少1種為聚合性液晶化合物(B:例示化合物),亦可其全部為聚合性液晶化合物(B)。藉由組合複數種聚合性液晶化合物,有於液晶-結晶相轉移溫度以下之溫度下亦能夠暫時地保持液晶性之情況。In addition, when the composition containing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) contains two or more types of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds (B), at least one of them may be a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B: exemplified compound), or it may be All are polymerizable liquid crystal compounds (B). By combining a plurality of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds, the liquid crystallinity can be temporarily maintained at a temperature below the liquid crystal-crystal phase transition temperature.

包含聚合性液晶化合物(B)之組合物中之聚合性液晶化合物(B)之含有率相對於包含聚合性液晶化合物(B)之組合物之固形物成分,較佳為40~99.9質量%,更佳為60~99質量%,進而較佳為70~99質量%。若聚合性液晶化合物(B)之含有率為上述範圍內,則有液晶化合物之配向性變高之傾向。再者,固形物成分係指自聚合性液晶組合物去除溶劑後之成分之合計量。The content rate of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) in the composition containing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) is preferably 40 to 99.9% by mass relative to the solid content of the composition containing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B). It is more preferably 60 to 99% by mass, and still more preferably 70 to 99% by mass. If the content rate of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) is within the above range, the alignment of the liquid crystal compound tends to increase. In addition, the solid content component means the total amount of components after removing the solvent from the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.

(二色性色素)
二色性色素係指具有分子之長軸方向上之吸光度與短軸方向上之吸光度不同之性質之色素。作為二色性色素,較佳為具有吸收可見光之特性,更佳為於380~680 nm之波長範圍具有吸收極大波長(λMAX )。作為二色性色素,例如可列舉碘及二色性之有機染料。作為二色性之有機染料,例如可列舉吖啶色素、㗁 色素、花青色素、萘色素、偶氮色素、及蒽醌色素。該等二色性之有機染料之中,較佳為偶氮色素。作為偶氮色素,例如可列舉單偶氮色素、雙偶氮色素、三偶氮色素、四偶氮色素、及茋偶氮色素。該等偶氮色素之中,較佳為雙偶氮色素及三偶氮色素。二色性之有機染料可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上使用,為了於可見光全域獲得吸收,較佳為組合3種以上之二色性色素使用,更佳為組合3種以上之偶氮色素使用。聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜較佳為於染色處理前實施向水中之浸漬處理。
(Dichroic pigment)
The dichroic pigment refers to a pigment having a property that the absorbance in the long axis direction of the molecule is different from the absorbance in the short axis direction. The dichroic pigment preferably has the characteristic of absorbing visible light, and more preferably has an absorption maximum wavelength (λ MAX ) in the wavelength range of 380-680 nm. Examples of dichroic dyes include iodine and dichroic organic dyes. Examples of the dichroic organic dye include acridine dye, pigment, cyanine dye, naphthalene dye, azo dye, and anthraquinone dye. Among these dichroic organic dyes, azo pigments are preferred. Examples of the azo dye include monoazo dye, disazo dye, triazo dye, tetraazo dye, and stilbene azo dye. Among these azo pigments, disazo pigments and triazo pigments are preferred. The dichroic organic dyes can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In order to obtain absorption in the visible light, it is preferable to use more than three dichroic pigments, and more preferably to combine more than three kinds of couples. Use of nitrogen pigments. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is preferably immersed in water before dyeing.

作為偶氮色素,例如可列舉式(I)所表示之化合物。
T1 -A1 (-N=N-A2 )p -N=N-A3 -T2 (I)
[式(I)中,
A1 、A2 、及A3 分別獨立表示可具有取代基之1,4-伸苯基、萘-1,4-二基、或可具有取代基之2價雜環基,T1 及T2 分別獨立表示拉電子基或推電子基,位於相對於偶氮鍵面內實質上為180°之位置;p表示0~4之整數;於p表示2以上之整數之情形時,複數個A2 相互可相同亦可不同。於偶氮色素在可見光區域顯示吸收之範圍內,-N=N-鍵可被取代為-C=C-鍵、-COO-鍵、-NHCO-鍵、或-N=CH-鍵]
Examples of the azo dye include compounds represented by formula (I).
T 1 -A 1 (-N = NA 2 ) p -N = NA 3 -T 2 (I)
[In formula (I),
A 1 , A 2 , and A 3 independently represent 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-1,4-diyl which may have a substituent, or a divalent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, T 1 and T 2 independently represents an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-withdrawing group, and is located at a position substantially 180 ° relative to the azo bond plane; p represents an integer of 0 to 4; when p represents an integer of 2 or more, plural A 2 may be the same or different from each other. In the range where the azo pigment shows absorption in the visible region, -N = N- bond can be replaced by -C = C- bond, -COO- bond, -NHCO- bond, or -N = CH- bond]

作為A1 、A2 、及A3 所表示之1,4-伸苯基、萘-1,4-二基、及2價雜環基任意地具有之取代基,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、及丁基之類之碳數1~4之烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基、及丁氧基之類之碳數1~4之烷氧基;三氟甲基之類之碳數1~4之氟烷基;氰基;硝基;氯原子及氟原子之類之鹵素原子;胺基、二乙胺基及吡咯啶基之類之經取代之胺基或未經取代之胺基(經取代之胺基係指具有1個或2個碳數1~6之烷基之胺基、或者2個取代烷基相互鍵結而形成碳數2~8之烷二基之胺基;未經取代之胺基為-NH2 )。再者,作為碳數1~6之烷基,例如可列舉甲基、乙基、及己基。作為碳數2~8之烷二基,例如可列舉伸乙基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基、戊烷-1,5-二基、己烷-1,6-二基、庚烷-1,7-二基、及辛烷-1,8-二基。為了包含在層列液晶之類之高秩序液晶結構中,A1 、A2 及A3 較佳為表示未經取代或氫原子被取代為甲基或甲氧基之1,4-伸苯基、或2價雜環基,p較佳為表示0~2之整數。其中,p為1且A1 、A2 及A3 之3個結構中之至少2個為1,4-伸苯基就兼具分子合成之簡便性與較高之性能之方面而言更佳。Examples of the substituents optionally possessed by 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-1,4-diyl, and divalent heterocyclic groups represented by A 1 , A 2 , and A 3 include, for example, methyl, C1-C4 alkyl groups such as ethyl and butyl; C1-C4 alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy and butoxy; trifluoromethyl and the like Fluoroalkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; cyano group; nitro group; halogen atom such as chlorine atom and fluorine atom; substituted amine group such as amino group, diethylamino group and pyrrolidinyl group or unsubstituted Amine group (substituted amine group refers to an amine group having 1 or 2 alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 2 substituted alkyl groups bonded to each other to form an alkyldiyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms) Amino group; unsubstituted amine group is -NH 2 ). In addition, examples of the C 1-6 alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a hexyl group. Examples of alkanediyl having 2 to 8 carbon atoms include ethylidene, propane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, and pentane- 1,5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, and octane-1,8-diyl. In order to be included in a high-order liquid crystal structure such as smectic liquid crystal, A 1 , A 2 and A 3 preferably represent unsubstituted or hydrogen atoms are substituted with methyl or methoxy 1,4-benzyl , Or a divalent heterocyclic group, p preferably represents an integer of 0 to 2. Among them, p is 1 and at least two of the three structures of A 1 , A 2 and A 3 are 1,4-phenylene, which is better in terms of both the simplicity of molecular synthesis and higher performance .

作為2價雜環基,例如可列舉自喹啉、噻唑、苯并噻唑、噻吩并噻唑、咪唑、苯并咪唑、㗁唑、及苯并㗁唑之類之雜環分別去除2個氫原子所得之基。於A2 表示2價雜環基之情形時,較佳為分子鍵角度實質上成為180°之結構,具體而言,更佳為兩個5員環縮合而成之苯并噻唑結構、苯并咪唑結構、及苯并㗁唑結構。Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group include quinoline, thiazole, benzothiazole, thienothiazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, oxazole, and benzoxazole, each obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms. Basis. In the case where A 2 represents a divalent heterocyclic group, it is preferable that the molecular bond angle becomes substantially 180 °, specifically, a benzothiazole structure or benzo formed by condensation of two 5-membered rings Imidazole structure and benzoxazole structure.

T1 及T2 分別獨立表示拉電子基或推電子基,較佳為表示互不相同之結構之拉電子基或推電子基,進而較佳為T1 表示拉電子基且T2 表示推電子基之情形、或T1 表示推電子基且T2 表示拉電子基之情形。具體而言,T1 及T2 較佳為分別獨立為碳數1~8之烷基、碳數1~8之烷氧基、氰基、硝基、具有1個或2個碳數1~6之烷基之經取代之胺基、2個該取代烷基相互鍵結而形成碳數2~8之烷二基之胺基、及三氟甲基。其中,為了包含在層列液晶之類之高秩序液晶結構中,必須為分子之排斥體積更小之結構體,故而較佳為碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、氰基、具有1個或2個碳數1~6之烷基之經取代之胺基、2個該取代烷基相互鍵結而形成碳數2~8之烷二基之胺基。T 1 and T 2 independently represent an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-withdrawing group, preferably an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-withdrawing group having different structures from each other, further preferably T 1 represents an electron-withdrawing group and T 2 represents an electron-withdrawing group In the case of radicals, or T 1 represents an electron-pushing radical and T 2 represents an electron-pulling radical. Specifically, T 1 and T 2 are preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbons, a cyano group, a nitro group, and having 1 or 2 carbons. The substituted amine group of the alkyl group of 6 and the two substituted alkyl groups are bonded to each other to form a C2-C8 alkanediyl amine group and a trifluoromethyl group. Among them, in order to be included in a high-order liquid crystal structure such as smectic liquid crystal, it must be a structure with a smaller repulsive volume of molecules, so it is preferably a C 1-6 alkyl group and a C 1-6 alkoxy group Group, a cyano group, a substituted amine group having one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and two substituted alkyl groups are bonded to each other to form an alkyldiyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.

作為此種偶氮色素,例如可列舉以下之式(2-1)~(2-8)所表示之偶氮色素。Examples of such an azo dye include the azo dyes represented by the following formulas (2-1) to (2-8).

[化17]
[化 17]

[化18]
[Chemical 18]

式(2-1)~(2-8)中,
B1 ~B30 分別獨立表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、氰基、硝基、經取代或未經取代之胺基(經取代之胺基及未經取代之胺基之定義如上所述)、氯原子、或三氟甲基。又,就於與層列液晶組合之情形時獲得較高之偏光性能之觀點而言,B2 、B6 、B9 、B14 、B18 、B19 、B22 、B23 、B24 、B27 、B28 、及B29 較佳為分別獨立表示氫原子或甲基,進而較佳為表示氫原子。
n1~n4分別獨立表示0~2之整數。
於n1表示2之情形時,複數個B2 相互可相同亦可不同,
於n2表示2之情形時,複數個B6 相互可相同亦可不同,
於n3表示2之情形時,複數個B9 相互可相同亦可不同,
於n4表示2之情形時,複數個B14 相互可相同亦可不同。
In formulas (2-1) to (2-8),
B 1 to B 30 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine group (substituted amine Groups and unsubstituted amine groups are as defined above), chlorine atom, or trifluoromethyl group. Also, from the viewpoint of obtaining higher polarizing performance when combined with smectic liquid crystal, B 2 , B 6 , B 9 , B 14 , B 18 , B 19 , B 22 , B 23 , B 24 , B 27 , B 28 , and B 29 preferably independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably represent a hydrogen atom.
n1 to n4 independently represent integers of 0 to 2.
When n1 represents 2, the plurality of B 2 may be the same or different from each other,
When n2 represents 2, the plurality of B 6 may be the same or different from each other,
When n3 represents 2, the plurality of B 9 may be the same or different from each other,
When n4 represents 2, the plurality of B 14 may be the same or different from each other.

作為上述蒽醌色素,較佳為式(2-9)所表示之化合物。As the anthraquinone pigment, compounds represented by formula (2-9) are preferred.

[化19]
[Chem 19]

[式(2-9)中,
R1 ~R8 分別獨立表示氫原子、-Rx 、-NH2 、-NHRx 、-NRx 2 、-SRx 、或鹵素原子;
Rx 表示碳數1~4之烷基或碳數6~12之芳基]
[In formula (2-9),
R 1 to R 8 independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x , or halogen atom;
R x represents a C 1-4 alkyl group or a C 6-12 aryl group]

作為上述㗁 色素,較佳為式(2-10)所表示之化合物。As the pigment, the compound represented by formula (2-10) is preferred.

[化20]
[化 20]

[式(2-10)中,
R9 ~R15 分別獨立表示氫原子、-Rx 、-NH2 、-NHRx 、-NRx 2 、-SRx 、或鹵素原子;
Rx 表示碳數1~4之烷基或碳數6~12之芳基]
[In formula (2-10),
R 9 to R 15 independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x , or halogen atom;
R x represents a C 1-4 alkyl group or a C 6-12 aryl group]

作為上述吖啶色素,較佳為式(2-11)所表示之化合物。As the acridine dye, a compound represented by formula (2-11) is preferred.

[化21]
[化 21]

[式(2-11)中,
R16 ~R23 分別獨立表示氫原子、-Rx 、-NH2 、-NHRx 、-NRx 2 、-SRx 、或鹵素原子;
Rx 表示碳數1~4之烷基或碳數6~12之芳基]
[In formula (2-11),
R 16 to R 23 independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R x , -NH 2 , -NHR x , -NR x 2 , -SR x , or halogen atom;
R x represents a C 1-4 alkyl group or a C 6-12 aryl group]

式(2-9)、式(2-10)及式(2-11)中,作為Rx 所表示之碳數1~4之烷基,例如可列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、及己基。式(2-9)、式(2-10)及式(2-11)中,作為Rx 所表示之碳數6~12之芳基,例如可列舉苯基、甲苯甲醯基、二甲苯基、及萘基。In formula (2-9), formula (2-10) and formula (2-11), examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R x include methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl Base, pentyl, and hexyl. In the formula (2-9), formula (2-10) and formula (2-11), examples of the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R x include phenyl, tolyl, and xylene Base, and naphthyl.

作為上述花青色素,較佳為式(2-12)所表示之化合物及式(2-13)所表示之化合物。As the cyanine pigment, compounds represented by formula (2-12) and compounds represented by formula (2-13) are preferred.

[化22]
[化 22]

[式(2-12)中,
D1 及D2 分別獨立表示式(2-12a)~式(2-12d)之任一者所表示之基;
[化23]

n5表示1~3之整數]
[In formula (2-12),
D 1 and D 2 independently represent the base represented by any one of formula (2-12a) to formula (2-12d);
[化 23]

n5 represents an integer from 1 to 3]

[化24]
[化 24]

[式(2-13)中,
D3 及D4 分別獨立表示式(2-13a)~式(2-13h)之任一者所表示之基;
[化25]

n6表示1~3之整數]
[In formula (2-13),
D 3 and D 4 independently represent the bases represented by any of formula (2-13a) to formula (2-13h);
[化 25]

n6 represents an integer from 1 to 3]

就獲得良好之光吸收特性之觀點而言,二色性之有機染料之含量(於包含複數種之情形時為其合計量)相對於聚合性液晶化合物(B)100質量份,通常為0.1~30質量份,較佳為1~20質量份,更佳為3~15質量份。若二色性之有機染料之含量相對於聚合性液晶化合物(B)100質量份為0.1質量份以上,則有二色性之有機染料之光吸收變充分而獲得充分之偏光性能的傾向。若二色性之有機染料之含量相對於聚合性液晶化合物(B)100質量份為30質量份以下,則聚合性液晶化合物之配向不易被妨礙。From the viewpoint of obtaining good light absorption characteristics, the content of the dichroic organic dye (the total amount when plural types are included) is usually 0.1 to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) 30 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 15 parts by mass. If the content of the dichroic organic dye is 0.1 parts by mass or more relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B), the light absorption of the dichroic organic dye tends to be sufficient to obtain sufficient polarizing performance. If the content of the dichroic organic dye is 30 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B), the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is less likely to be hindered.

(吸附有二色性色素之延伸膜)
於吸附有二色性色素之延伸膜之至少一側亦可具備透明保護膜。包含吸附有二色性色素之延伸膜作為偏光元件的膜通常係藉由在偏光元件之至少一面經由接著劑被透明保護膜夾入而製作,該偏光元件係經由如下步驟而製造:將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜進行單軸延伸之步驟、藉由利用二色性色素對聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜進行染色而吸附該二色性色素之步驟、利用硼酸水溶液對吸附有二色性色素之聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜進行處理之步驟、及於利用硼酸水溶液進行處理後進行水洗之步驟。
(Stretched film adsorbed with dichroic pigments)
A transparent protective film may be provided on at least one side of the stretched film to which the dichroic pigment is adsorbed. A film containing an extended film adsorbed with a dichroic dye as a polarizing element is usually manufactured by sandwiching a transparent protective film through an adhesive on at least one side of the polarizing element. The polarizing element is manufactured through the following steps: The step of uniaxial stretching of the alcohol-based resin film, the step of adsorbing the dichroic pigment by dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with dichroic pigments, and the polyethylene adsorbed with dichroic pigments using aqueous boric acid The step of treating the alcohol-based resin film, and the step of washing with water after the treatment with the boric acid aqueous solution.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂係藉由使聚乙酸乙烯酯系樹脂皂化而獲得。作為聚乙酸乙烯酯系樹脂,例如除了可使用乙酸乙烯酯之均聚物即聚乙酸乙烯酯以外,亦可使用乙酸乙烯酯與能夠與其共聚之其他單體的共聚物。作為能夠與乙酸乙烯酯共聚之其他單體,例如可列舉不飽和羧酸類、烯烴類、乙烯醚類、不飽和磺酸類、及具有銨基之丙烯醯胺類。The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is obtained by saponifying the polyvinyl acetate-based resin. As the polyvinyl acetate-based resin, for example, in addition to polyvinyl acetate, which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, a copolymer of vinyl acetate and other monomers copolymerizable therewith can also be used. Examples of other monomers copolymerizable with vinyl acetate include unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids, and propylene amides having ammonium groups.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂之皂化度通常為85~100莫耳%左右,較佳為98莫耳%以上。聚乙烯醇系樹脂可經改性,例如亦可使用經醛類改性之聚乙烯醇縮甲醛或聚乙烯醇縮乙醛。聚乙烯醇系樹脂之聚合度通常為1,000~10,000左右,較佳為1,500~5,000之範圍。The saponification degree of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually about 85 to 100 mol%, preferably 98 mol% or more. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be modified. For example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehydes may be used. The degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually about 1,000 to 10,000, preferably 1,500 to 5,000.

將此種聚乙烯醇系樹脂製膜而成者係用作偏光膜之坯膜。將聚乙烯醇系樹脂製膜之方法並無特別限定,可使用公知之方法製膜。聚乙烯醇系坯膜之膜厚例如可設為10~150 μm左右。A film made of such a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is used as a raw film of a polarizing film. The method of forming the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used to form the film. The film thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based green film can be, for example, about 10 to 150 μm.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜之單軸延伸可於利用二色性色素進行染色之前、與染色同時、或於染色之後進行。於染色之後進行單軸延伸之情形時,該單軸延伸可於硼酸處理之前進行,亦可於硼酸處理中進行。又,亦可於該等複數個階段中進行單軸延伸。於進行單軸延伸時,可於周速不同之輥間單軸地進行延伸,亦可使用熱輥單軸地進行延伸。又,單軸延伸可為於大氣中進行延伸之乾式延伸,亦可為使用溶劑而於使聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜膨潤之狀態下進行延伸之濕式延伸。延伸倍率通常為3~8倍左右。The uniaxial stretching of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film can be performed before dyeing with dichroic dyes, simultaneously with dyeing, or after dyeing. In the case of uniaxial stretching after dyeing, the uniaxial stretching may be performed before boric acid treatment, or may be performed in boric acid treatment. Furthermore, uniaxial extension can also be performed in these plural stages. When uniaxial stretching is performed, it may be uniaxially stretched between rolls having different peripheral speeds, or it may be uniaxially stretched using a hot roller. The uniaxial stretching may be dry stretching in the atmosphere, or wet stretching using a solvent to swell the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film. The stretching magnification is usually about 3 to 8 times.

聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜之利用二色性色素進行之染色例如係藉由將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於含有二色性色素之水溶液中之方法而進行。The dyeing of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film using the dichroic dye is performed, for example, by immersing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing the dichroic dye.

於將碘用作二色性色素之情形時,通常採用將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於含有碘及碘化鉀之水溶液中進行染色之方法。該水溶液中之碘之含量相對於水100質量份,通常為0.01~1質量份左右。又,碘化鉀之含量相對於水100質量份,通常為0.5~20質量份左右。用於染色之水溶液之溫度通常為20~40℃左右。又,向該水溶液之浸漬時間(染色時間)通常為20~1,800秒左右。When iodine is used as a dichroic dye, a method of immersing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing iodine and potassium iodide for dyeing is generally used. The content of iodine in this aqueous solution is usually about 0.01 to 1 part by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of water. The content of potassium iodide is usually about 0.5 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of water. The temperature of the aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually about 20 to 40 ° C. In addition, the dipping time (dyeing time) of the aqueous solution is usually about 20 to 1,800 seconds.

另一方面,於使用二色性之有機染料作為二色性色素之情形時,通常採用將聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於包含水溶性二色性染料之水溶液進行染色之方法。該水溶液中之二色性有機染料之含量相對於水100質量份,通常為1×10-4 ~10質量份左右,較佳為1×10-3 ~1質量份,進而較佳為1×10-3 ~1×10-2 質量份。該水溶液亦可包含硫酸鈉等無機鹽作為染色助劑。用於染色之二色性染料水溶液之溫度通常為20~80℃左右。又,向該水溶液之浸漬時間(染色時間)通常為10~1,800秒左右。On the other hand, when a dichroic organic dye is used as a dichroic dye, a method of immersing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing a water-soluble dichroic dye for dyeing is generally used. The content of the dichroic organic dye in the aqueous solution is usually about 1 × 10 -4 to 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of water, preferably 1 × 10 -3 to 1 part by mass, and more preferably 1 × 10 -3 to 1 × 10 -2 parts by mass. The aqueous solution may also contain inorganic salts such as sodium sulfate as a dyeing aid. The temperature of the dichroic dye aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually about 20 to 80 ° C. In addition, the immersion time (dyeing time) of the aqueous solution is usually about 10 to 1,800 seconds.

利用二色性色素進行染色後之硼酸處理通常可藉由將經染色之聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於硼酸水溶液之方法而進行。該硼酸水溶液中之硼酸之含量相對於水100質量份,通常為2~15質量份左右,較佳為5~12質量份。於使用碘作為二色性色素之情形時,該硼酸水溶液較佳為含有碘化鉀,該情形時之碘化鉀之含量相對於水100質量份,通常為0.1~15質量份左右,較佳為5~12質量份。向硼酸水溶液之浸漬時間通常為60~1,200秒左右,較佳為150~600秒,進而較佳為200~400秒。硼酸處理之溫度通常為50℃以上,較佳為50~85℃,進而較佳為60~80℃。The boric acid treatment after dyeing with a dichroic pigment can usually be performed by immersing the dyed polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in a boric acid aqueous solution. The content of boric acid in the aqueous solution of boric acid is usually about 2 to 15 parts by mass, preferably 5 to 12 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of water. When iodine is used as the dichroic pigment, the aqueous solution of boric acid preferably contains potassium iodide. In this case, the content of potassium iodide is usually about 0.1 to 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of water, preferably 5 to 12 Quality parts. The immersion time in the boric acid aqueous solution is usually about 60 to 1,200 seconds, preferably 150 to 600 seconds, and more preferably 200 to 400 seconds. The temperature of boric acid treatment is usually 50 ° C or higher, preferably 50 to 85 ° C, and more preferably 60 to 80 ° C.

硼酸處理後之聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜通常進行水洗處理。水洗處理例如可藉由將經硼酸處理之聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜浸漬於水中之方法進行。水洗處理中之水之溫度通常為5~40℃左右。又,浸漬時間通常為1~120秒左右。The polyvinyl alcohol resin film after boric acid treatment is usually washed with water. The water washing treatment can be performed by immersing the boric acid-treated polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in water, for example. The temperature of the water in the washing process is usually about 5 to 40 ° C. In addition, the immersion time is usually about 1 to 120 seconds.

於水洗後實施乾燥處理而獲得偏光元件。乾燥處理例如可使用熱風乾燥機或遠紅外線加熱器進行。乾燥處理之溫度通常為30~100℃左右,較佳為50~80℃。乾燥處理之時間通常為60~600秒左右,較佳為120~600秒。藉由乾燥處理,偏光元件之水分率降低至實用程度。該水分率通常為5~20重量%左右,較佳為8~15重量%。若水分率低於5重量%,則有失去偏光元件之可撓性,偏光元件於其乾燥後損傷或破斷之情況。又,若水分率高於20重量%,則有偏光元件之熱穩定變差之可能性。After washing with water, a drying treatment is performed to obtain a polarizing element. The drying process can be performed using, for example, a hot air dryer or a far-infrared heater. The temperature of the drying process is usually about 30 to 100 ° C, preferably 50 to 80 ° C. The drying time is usually about 60 to 600 seconds, preferably 120 to 600 seconds. By drying, the moisture content of the polarizing element is reduced to a practical level. The moisture content is usually about 5 to 20% by weight, preferably 8 to 15% by weight. If the moisture content is less than 5% by weight, the flexibility of the polarizing element may be lost, and the polarizing element may be damaged or broken after it is dried. Moreover, if the moisture content is higher than 20% by weight, there is a possibility that the thermal stability of the polarizing element will deteriorate.

如此對聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜進行單軸延伸、利用二色性色素之染色、硼酸處理、水洗及乾燥而獲得之偏光元件之厚度較佳為5~40 μm。The thickness of the polarizing element obtained by uniaxially stretching the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film, dyeing with a dichroic pigment, boric acid treatment, washing with water, and drying is preferably 5 to 40 μm.

<有機EL顯示裝置>
有機EL顯示裝置包含上述橢圓偏光板。作為有機EL顯示裝置之較佳之態樣,例如可列舉經由黏著劑將橢圓偏光板貼合於有機EL面板而成之裝置。
[實施例]
<Organic EL display device>
The organic EL display device includes the above-mentioned elliptically polarizing plate. As a preferable aspect of the organic EL display device, for example, a device in which an elliptically polarizing plate is bonded to an organic EL panel via an adhesive is mentioned.
[Example]

以下,藉由實施例對本發明更具體地進行說明。再者,例中之「%」及「份」只要無特別記載,則分別意指質量%及質量份。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically by examples. In addition, "%" and "parts" in the examples mean mass% and mass parts, unless otherwise specified.

[液晶化合物之製備]
液晶化合物A係依據日本專利特開2010-31223號公報所記載之方法製造。又,液晶化合物B係依據日本專利特開2009-173893號公報所記載之方法製造。以下,分別表示液晶化合物A及液晶化合物B之分子結構。
[Preparation of Liquid Crystal Compound]
The liquid crystal compound A is manufactured according to the method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-31223. Moreover, the liquid crystal compound B is manufactured according to the method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-173893. The molecular structures of liquid crystal compound A and liquid crystal compound B are shown below.

(液晶化合物A)
[化26]
(Liquid Crystal Compound A)
[化 26]

(液晶化合物B)
[化27]
(Liquid Crystal Compound B)
[化 27]

[測定方法]
(極大吸收波長及最大吸光度之比之算出方法)
製備液晶化合物A之1 mg/50 mL四氫呋喃溶液,作為測定用試樣。將測定用試樣放入至光程長1 cm之測定用單元。將測定用試樣設置於紫外可見分光光度計(島津製作所股份有限公司製造之「UV-2450」),測定吸收光譜。再者,對照係設為僅測定用試樣之溶劑。自獲得之吸收光譜讀取成為極大吸收度之波長,將其設為極大吸收波長λmax 。進而,自獲得之吸收光譜讀取波長260 nm以上400 nm以下之區域中之液晶化合物A之極大吸收波長。再者,於在波長260 nm以上400 nm以下之區域存在複數之極大吸收波長之情形時,將複數之極大吸收波長之中吸光度最高之波長設為λmax 。將獲得之極大吸收波長示於表1。
[test methods]
(Calculation method of the ratio of maximum absorption wavelength to maximum absorbance)
A 1 mg / 50 mL tetrahydrofuran solution of liquid crystal compound A was prepared as a sample for measurement. Put the measurement sample into the measurement cell with an optical path length of 1 cm. The measurement sample was set in an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer ("UV-2450" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and the absorption spectrum was measured. In addition, the control system is set to the solvent of only the measurement sample. From the obtained absorption spectrum, the wavelength at which the maximum absorption is read is set as the maximum absorption wavelength λ max . Furthermore, the maximum absorption wavelength of the liquid crystal compound A in the region with a wavelength of 260 nm or more and 400 nm or less is read from the obtained absorption spectrum. Furthermore, when there is a complex maximum absorption wavelength in a region with a wavelength of 260 nm or more and 400 nm or less, the wavelength with the highest absorbance among the complex maximum absorption wavelengths is set to λ max . Table 1 shows the maximum absorption wavelengths obtained.

[離子性化合物之製備]
離子性化合物(1)係依據日本專利特願2016-514802號公報所記載之方法製造。又,離子性化合物(2)及離子性化合物(3)係依據日本專利特開2013-28586號公報或日本專利特開2013-199509號公報所記載之方法製造。以下,分別表示離子性化合物(1)~(3)之結構式。
[Preparation of ionic compounds]
The ionic compound (1) is manufactured according to the method described in Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-514802. Moreover, the ionic compound (2) and the ionic compound (3) are manufactured according to the method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-28586 or Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-199509. The structural formulas of the ionic compounds (1) to (3) are shown below.

(離子性化合物(1))
[化28]

(離子性化合物(2))
[化29]

(離子性化合物(3))
[化30]
(Ionic compound (1))
[Chem 28]

(Ionic compound (2))
[化 29]

(Ionic compound (3))
[化 30]

<實施例1>
[垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物(A-1)之製備]
以質量比90:10混合液晶化合物A及液晶化合物B,獲得混合物。相對於獲得之混合物100質量份,添加調平劑(DIC公司製造之「F-556」)1.5質量份、及作為光聚合起始劑之2-二甲基胺基-2-苄基-1-(4-啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮(BASF Japan股份有限公司製造之「Irgacure(註冊商標)369(Irg369)」)6質量份。又,進而以成為0.5%之方式添加作為矽烷化合物之3-三乙氧基矽烷基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙基胺(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造之「KBE-9103」),以成為2.0%之方式添加離子性化合物(1)。
<Example 1>
[Preparation of composition (A-1) for forming vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film]
Liquid crystal compound A and liquid crystal compound B were mixed at a mass ratio of 90:10 to obtain a mixture. To 100 parts by mass of the obtained mixture, 1.5 parts by mass of a leveling agent ("F-556" manufactured by DIC Corporation) and 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1 as a photopolymerization initiator are added -6 parts by mass of (4-linylphenyl) butane-1-one ("Irgacure (registered trademark) 369 (Irg369)" manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.). Furthermore, 3-triethoxysilyl-N- (1,3-dimethyl-butylene) propylamine (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added as a silane compound to become 0.5%. KBE-9103 "), the ionic compound (1) is added so as to become 2.0%.

以固形物成分濃度成為13%之方式添加N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)。於80℃下攪拌1小時,藉此獲得垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物(A-1)(以下,有時記載為組合物(A-1))。再者,確認矽烷化合物(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造之「KBE-9103」)於組合物(A-1)中與溶劑或環境中之水分反應而進行水解,生成作為極性基之胺基。N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) was added so that the solid content concentration became 13%. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour, thereby obtaining a composition (A-1) for forming a vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured film (hereinafter sometimes referred to as composition (A-1)). In addition, it was confirmed that the silane compound ("KBE-9103" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) reacted with the solvent or moisture in the environment in the composition (A-1) to hydrolyze to generate an amine group as a polar group.

[垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)之製作方法]
使用電暈處理裝置(春日電機股份有限公司製造之「AGF-B10」)對作為基材之非晶質環烯烴聚合物膜(COP膜)(Zeon corporation股份有限公司「ZF-14-23」)於輸出0.3 kW及處理速度3 m/分鐘之條件下實施1次電暈處理。使用棒式塗佈機於實施過電暈處理之基材之表面塗佈組合物(A-1)而形成塗佈膜。將塗佈膜於120℃下乾燥1分鐘而形成乾燥覆膜。繼而,使用高壓水銀燈(牛尾電機股份有限公司製造之「UNICURE VB-15201BY-A」),於氮氣氛圍下及波長365 nm下之累計光量500 mJ/cm2 之條件下,對乾燥覆膜照射紫外線。其結果,形成垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)(膜厚:1.0 μm)。
[Manufacturing method of vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-1)]
Using a corona treatment device ("AGF-B10" manufactured by Kasuga Electric Co., Ltd.) to the amorphous cycloolefin polymer film (COP film) as a substrate (Zeon corporation "ZF-14-23") Perform corona treatment once under the conditions of output 0.3 kW and treatment speed 3 m / min. A bar coater was used to apply the composition (A-1) to the surface of the substrate subjected to the corona treatment to form a coating film. The coating film was dried at 120 ° C. for 1 minute to form a dry film. Then, using a high-pressure mercury lamp ("UNICURE VB-15201BY-A" manufactured by Niuwei Electric Co., Ltd.), the dry film was irradiated with ultraviolet light under a nitrogen atmosphere and under a condition of a cumulative light intensity of 500 mJ / cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm. . As a result, a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film (A-1) (film thickness: 1.0 μm) is formed.

[垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)之光學特性]
將獲得之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)經由黏著劑(LINTEC公司製造之感壓式黏著劑 15 μm)與玻璃進行貼合,製作光學特性測定用樣品。
[Optical characteristics of vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-1)]
The obtained vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-1) was bonded to glass via an adhesive (pressure-sensitive adhesive 15 μm manufactured by LINTEC) to prepare a sample for measuring optical characteristics.

(相位差值之測定)
確認作為基材之ZF-14-23係波長550 nm下之相位差值為1 nm以下之光學各向同性膜,對光學特性測定用樣品之測定值不產生影響。繼而,使用測定機(王子計測公司製造之「KOBRA-WPR」),改變光對光學特性測定用樣品之入射角,測定相位差值。
(Measurement of phase difference)
It was confirmed that the ZF-14-23 base material is an optically isotropic film with a retardation value of 1 nm or less at a wavelength of 550 nm, which does not affect the measured value of a sample for measuring optical characteristics. Then, using a measuring machine ("KOBRA-WPR" manufactured by Oji Measurement Co., Ltd.), the angle of incidence of light on the sample for measuring optical characteristics was changed to measure the phase difference value.

(平均折射率之測定)
波長λ=450 nm及550 nm下之平均折射率係使用折射率計(Atago股份有限公司製造之「多波長阿貝折射計DR-M4」)進行測定。根據獲得之膜厚、平均折射率、及測定機(王子計測機器股份有限公司製造之「KOBRA-WPR」)之測定結果算出之Rth分別為Rth(450)=-60 nm、Rth(550)=-70 nm,Rth(450)/Rth(550)=0.85。
(Measurement of average refractive index)
The average refractive index at wavelengths λ = 450 nm and 550 nm was measured using a refractive index meter (“Multiwavelength Abbe Refractometer DR-M4” manufactured by Atago Co., Ltd.). The Rth calculated from the obtained film thickness, average refractive index, and measurement results of the measuring machine ("KOBRA-WPR" manufactured by Oji Measuring Equipment Co., Ltd.) are Rth (450) =-60 nm, Rth (550) = -70 nm, Rth (450) / Rth (550) = 0.85.

(配向液晶硬化膜之配向性評價)
使用偏光顯微鏡(Olympus股份有限公司製造之「BX-51」),於倍率200倍之條件下進行觀察,對視野480 μm×320 μm下之配向缺陷數進行計數。此處,僅對起因於測定用樣品之配向缺陷數進行計數,起因於光學特性樣品以外之環境異物等之缺陷數被排除而不進行計數。根據利用偏光顯微鏡進行觀察之結果,基於以下之評價基準對垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)之配向性進行評價。將A及B及C判斷為配向性優異。如表1所示,利用組合物(A-1)所製作之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)之配向性為A。
(評價基準)
A(極為良好):配向缺陷數為0個以上3個以下。
B(非常良好):配向缺陷數為4個以上10個以下。
C(良好):配向缺陷數為11個以上50個以下。
D(差):配向缺陷為51個以上或完全未配向。
(Alignment evaluation of alignment liquid crystal cured film)
A polarizing microscope ("BX-51" manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd.) was used to observe at a magnification of 200 times, and the number of alignment defects in a field of view of 480 μm × 320 μm was counted. Here, only the number of alignment defects due to the measurement sample is counted, and the number of defects due to environmental foreign objects other than the optical characteristic sample is excluded and not counted. Based on the results of observation with a polarizing microscope, the alignment of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film (A-1) was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria. A, B, and C were judged to be excellent in alignment. As shown in Table 1, the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-1) produced using the composition (A-1) has an alignment of A.
(Evaluation criteria)
A (very good): The number of alignment defects is 0 or more and 3 or less.
B (very good): The number of alignment defects is 4 or more and 10 or less.
C (good): The number of alignment defects is 11 or more and 50 or less.
D (Poor): There are more than 51 alignment defects or no alignment at all.

<實施例2~9及實施例20、實施例21、比較例1>
將實施例1之基材、矽烷化合物0.5%、及離子性化合物(2)2份變更為表1所記載之基材之種類、矽烷化合物之種類及添加量、以及離子性化合物之種類及添加量,除此以外,以與實施例1之組合物(A-1)之製備方法相同之方式分別製備實施例2~9、實施例20、實施例21、及比較例1之組合物(A-2)~(A-9)、(A-20)、(A-21)、及(B-1)。將組合物(A-1)變更為組合物(A-2)~(A-9)、(A-20)、(A-21)、及(B-1),進而變更塗佈膜之膜厚,以成為表1所示之相位差值之方式進行變更,除此以外,以與實施例1之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)之製作方法相同之方式,分別製作實施例2~9、實施例20、實施例21、及比較例1之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-2)~(A-9)、(A-20)、(A-21)、及(B-1)。又,以與實施例1相同之方法,製作光學特性測定用樣品,並評價相位差值、平均折射率及配向性。將結果示於表1。
<Examples 2 to 9 and Example 20, Example 21, Comparative Example 1>
The base material of Example 1, 0.5% of the silane compound, and 2 parts of the ionic compound (2) were changed to the type of the base material, the type and addition amount of the silane compound, and the type and addition of the ionic compound described in Table 1. Except for this amount, the compositions (A) of Examples 2 to 9, Example 20, Example 21, and Comparative Example 1 were prepared in the same manner as the preparation method of the composition (A-1) of Example 1, respectively (A -2) to (A-9), (A-20), (A-21), and (B-1). Change the composition (A-1) to the compositions (A-2) to (A-9), (A-20), (A-21), and (B-1), and further change the film of the coating film The thickness is changed so as to become the phase difference value shown in Table 1. Except for this, in the same manner as in the manufacturing method of the vertically-aligned liquid crystal cured film (A-1) of Example 1, Examples 2 to 4 were prepared, respectively. 9. Vertically aligned liquid crystal cured films (A-2) to (A-9), (A-20), (A-21), and (B-1) of Example 20, Example 21, and Comparative Example 1. . In addition, in the same manner as in Example 1, a sample for optical characteristic measurement was prepared, and the phase difference value, average refractive index, and alignment were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

<實施例10>
將基材自COP膜(Zeon corporation股份有限公司製造之「ZF-14-23」)變更為附保護層之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(以下,有時記載為附保護層之PET),且於光學特性測定時剝離PET基材而製作樣品,除此以外,以與實施例1之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)之製備方法相同之方式,製備垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-10)。又,以與實施例1相同之方法,製作光學特性測定用樣品,並評價相位差值、平均折射率及配向性。將結果示於表1。以下,對附保護層之PET之製備方法進行說明。
<Example 10>
Change the base material from COP film ("ZF-14-23" manufactured by Zeon Corporation) to polyethylene terephthalate with protective layer (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as PET with protective layer), In addition, the PET substrate was peeled off during the measurement of the optical characteristics to prepare a sample, and otherwise, a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-) was prepared in the same manner as the preparation method of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-1) in Example 1. 10). In addition, in the same manner as in Example 1, a sample for optical characteristic measurement was prepared, and the phase difference value, average refractive index, and alignment were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1. Hereinafter, a method for preparing PET with a protective layer will be described.

[保護層形成用組合物之製備]
將二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(東亞合成股份有限公司製造之「ARONIX(註冊商標)M-403」多官能丙烯酸酯)50份、丙烯酸酯樹脂(Daicel - UCB股份有限公司製造之「Ebecryl 4858」)50份、及2-甲基-1[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-啉基丙烷-1-酮(Ciba Specialty Chemicals公司製造之「Irgacure(註冊商標)907」)3份溶解於異丙醇250份中,製備溶液。將獲得之溶液設為保護層形成用組合物。
[Preparation of composition for forming protective layer]
50 parts of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate ("ARONIX (registered trademark) M-403" multifunctional acrylate manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) and 50 parts of acrylate resin ("Ebecryl 4858" manufactured by Daicel-UCB Co., Ltd.) 50 Parts, and 3 parts of 2-methyl-1 [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-olinylpropane-1-one ("Irgacure (registered trademark) 907" manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) dissolved in In 250 parts of isopropyl alcohol, a solution was prepared. The obtained solution was set as the composition for protective layer formation.

[附保護層之PET之製造]
使用棒式塗佈機,於PET膜(膜厚38 μm)上塗佈保護層形成用組合物而形成塗佈膜。將塗佈膜於50℃下乾燥1分鐘,形成乾燥覆膜。使用高壓水銀燈(牛尾電機股份有限公司製造之「UNICURE VB-15201BY-A」),於氮氣氛圍下及波長365 nm下之累計光量400 mJ/cm2 之條件下,對乾燥覆膜照射紫外線。其結果,形成包含丙烯酸系樹脂之附保護層之PET。再者,依據實施例1所記載之光學特性測定方法,經由黏著劑貼合於玻璃,剝離PET膜後,測定保護層於波長550 nm下之相位差值,結果為1 nm以下,確認為光學各向同性膜。又,利用橢偏計測定形成之保護層之膜厚,結果為2 μm。
[Manufacture of PET with protective layer]
Using a bar coater, a composition for forming a protective layer was coated on a PET film (thickness: 38 μm) to form a coating film. The coating film was dried at 50 ° C for 1 minute to form a dry coating. Using a high-pressure mercury lamp ("UNICURE VB-15201BY-A" manufactured by Niuwei Electric Co., Ltd.), the dry coating was irradiated with ultraviolet light under a nitrogen atmosphere and a cumulative light amount of 400 mJ / cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm. As a result, PET with a protective layer containing acrylic resin is formed. In addition, according to the optical property measurement method described in Example 1, after bonding to glass via an adhesive and peeling off the PET film, the phase difference value of the protective layer at a wavelength of 550 nm was measured. The result was 1 nm or less, which was confirmed to be optical Isotropic membrane. Furthermore, the film thickness of the formed protective layer was measured using an ellipsometer, and the result was 2 μm.

<實施例11>
將實施例1之液晶化合物之組成自液晶化合物A/液晶化合物B=90%/10%變更為液晶化合物(A)-2 100%,除此以外,以與實施例1之組合物(A-1)及垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)之製備方法相同之方式,分別製作實施例11之組合物(A-11)及垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-11)。液晶化合物(A)-2係參考日本專利特開2016-81035號公報而製備。液晶化合物(A)-2係由下述式(A)-2所表示。又,以與實施例1相同之方法,製作測定用樣品,並評價相位差值、平均折射率及配向性。進而,以與實施例1相同之方式亦算出液晶化合物(A)-2之極大吸收波長及最大吸光度之比。將結果示於表1。
[化31]
<Example 11>
The composition of the liquid crystal compound of Example 1 was changed from liquid crystal compound A / liquid crystal compound B = 90% / 10% to liquid crystal compound (A) -2 100%, in addition to the composition (A- 1) In the same manner as the method for preparing the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-1), the composition (A-11) of Example 11 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-11) were prepared, respectively. The liquid crystal compound (A) -2 was prepared with reference to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-81035. The liquid crystal compound (A) -2 is represented by the following formula (A) -2. In addition, in the same manner as in Example 1, a sample for measurement was prepared, and the phase difference value, average refractive index, and alignment were evaluated. Furthermore, the ratio of the maximum absorption wavelength and the maximum absorbance of the liquid crystal compound (A) -2 was calculated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 1.
[化 31]

<實施例12>
將實施例1之液晶化合物之組成自液晶化合物A/液晶化合物B=90%/10%變更為液晶化合物(A)-3 100%,除此以外,以與實施例1之組合物(A-1)及垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)之製備方法相同之方式,分別製作實施例12之組合物(A-12)及垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-12)。液晶化合物(A)-3係參考國際專利公開2015/025793號公報進行製備。液晶化合物(A)-3係由下述式(A)-3所表示。又,利用與實施例1相同之方法,製作光學特性測定用樣品,並評價相位差值、平均折射率及配向性。進而,以與實施例1相同之方式亦算出液晶化合物(A)-3之極大吸收波長及最大吸光度之比。將結果示於表1。
[化32]
<Example 12>
The composition of the liquid crystal compound of Example 1 was changed from liquid crystal compound A / liquid crystal compound B = 90% / 10% to liquid crystal compound (A) -3 100%, in addition to the composition (A- 1) In the same manner as the method for preparing the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-1), the composition (A-12) of Example 12 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-12) were prepared respectively. The liquid crystal compound (A) -3 was prepared with reference to International Patent Publication No. 2015/025793. The liquid crystal compound (A) -3 is represented by the following formula (A) -3. In addition, in the same manner as in Example 1, a sample for optical characteristic measurement was prepared, and the phase difference value, average refractive index, and alignment were evaluated. Furthermore, the ratio of the maximum absorption wavelength and the maximum absorbance of the liquid crystal compound (A) -3 was calculated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 1.
[化 32]

<實施例13>
將實施例1之液晶化合物之組成自液晶化合物A/液晶化合物B=90%/10%變更為液晶化合物(A)-4 100%,除此以外,以與實施例1之組合物(A-1)及垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)之製備方法相同之方式,分別製作實施例11之組合物(A-13)及垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-13)。液晶化合物(A)-4係參考日本專利特開2011-207765號公報進行製備。液晶化合物(A)-4係由下述式(A)-4所表示。又,以與實施例1相同之方法,製作光學特性測定用樣品,並評價相位差值、平均折射率及配向性。進而,以與實施例1相同之方式亦算出液晶化合物(A)-4之極大吸收波長及最大吸光度之比。將結果示於表1。
[化33]
<Example 13>
The composition of the liquid crystal compound of Example 1 was changed from liquid crystal compound A / liquid crystal compound B = 90% / 10% to liquid crystal compound (A) -4 100%, in addition to the composition (A- 1) In the same manner as the method for preparing the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-1), the composition (A-13) of Example 11 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-13) were prepared, respectively. The liquid crystal compound (A) -4 was prepared with reference to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-207765. The liquid crystal compound (A) -4 is represented by the following formula (A) -4. In addition, in the same manner as in Example 1, a sample for optical characteristic measurement was prepared, and the phase difference value, average refractive index, and alignment were evaluated. Furthermore, the ratio of the maximum absorption wavelength and the maximum absorbance of the liquid crystal compound (A) -4 was calculated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 1.
[化 33]

<實施例14>
將實施例1之液晶化合物之組成自液晶化合物A/液晶化合物B=90%/10%變更為液晶化合物(A)-5 100%,除此以外,以與實施例1之組合物(A-1)及垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)之製備方法相同之方式,分別製作實施例14之組合物(A-14)及垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-14)。液晶化合物(A)-5係參考日本專利特開2010-31223號公報進行製備。液晶化合物(A)-5係由下述式(A)-5所表示。又,以與實施例1相同之方法,製作光學特性測定用樣品,並評價相位差值、平均折射率及配向性。進而,以與實施例1相同之方式亦算出液晶化合物(A)-5之極大吸收波長及最大吸光度之比。將結果示於表1。
[化34]
<Example 14>
The composition of the liquid crystal compound of Example 1 was changed from liquid crystal compound A / liquid crystal compound B = 90% / 10% to liquid crystal compound (A) -5 100%, and the composition (A- 1) The composition (A-14) of Example 14 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-14) were prepared in the same manner as the method for preparing the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-1). The liquid crystal compound (A) -5 was prepared with reference to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-31223. The liquid crystal compound (A) -5 is represented by the following formula (A) -5. In addition, in the same manner as in Example 1, a sample for optical characteristic measurement was prepared, and the phase difference value, average refractive index, and alignment were evaluated. Furthermore, the ratio of the maximum absorption wavelength and the maximum absorbance of the liquid crystal compound (A) -5 was calculated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 1.
[化 34]

<實施例15>
將實施例1之矽烷化合物自3-三乙氧基矽烷基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙基胺(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造之「KBE-9103」)變更為3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造之「KBE-403」),除此以外,以與實施例1之組合物(A-1)及垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)之製備方法相同之方式,分別製作實施例15之組合物(A-15)及垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-15)。又,以與實施例1相同之方法,製作光學特性測定用樣品,並評價相位差值、平均折射率及配向性。將結果示於表1。
<Example 15>
The silane compound of Example 1 was changed from 3-triethoxysilane-N- (1,3-dimethyl-butylene) propylamine ("KBE-9103" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) It is 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane ("KBE-403" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.). In addition, it is aligned with the composition (A-1) and vertical alignment of Example 1. In the same manner as the preparation method of the liquid crystal cured film (A-1), the composition (A-15) of Example 15 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-15) were prepared separately. In addition, in the same manner as in Example 1, a sample for optical characteristic measurement was prepared, and the phase difference value, average refractive index, and alignment were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

<實施例16>
[偏光膜A之製造]
將聚乙烯醇膜(平均聚合度約2,400、皂化度99.9莫耳%以上、厚度75 μm)浸漬於30℃之純水後,於30℃下浸漬於碘/碘化鉀/水之質量比為0.02/2/100之水溶液進行碘染色(碘染色步驟)。將經過碘染色步驟之聚乙烯醇膜於56.5℃下浸漬於碘化鉀/硼酸/水之質量比為12/5/100之水溶液進行硼酸處理(硼酸處理步驟)。將經過硼酸處理步驟之聚乙烯醇膜利用8℃之純水洗淨後,於65℃下乾燥,獲得碘吸附配向於聚乙烯醇而成之偏光元件(延伸後之厚度27 μm)。此時,於碘染色步驟與硼酸處理步驟中進行延伸。該延伸中之總延伸倍率為5.3倍。將獲得之偏光元件與經皂化處理之三乙醯纖維素膜(Konica Minolta製造之「KC4UYTAC」40 μm)經由水系接著劑利用夾輥進行貼合。將所獲得之貼合物之張力保持於430 N/m,並於60℃下乾燥2分鐘,獲得單面具有三乙醯纖維素膜作為保護膜之偏光膜。再者,上述水系接著劑係於水100份中添加羧基改性聚乙烯醇(Kuraray製造之「Kuraray Poval KL318」)3份、及水溶性聚醯胺環氧樹脂(Sumika Chemtex製造之「Sumirez Resin 650」、固形物成分濃度30%之水溶液)1.5份而製備。
<Example 16>
[Manufacture of Polarizing Film A]
After immersing the polyvinyl alcohol film (average degree of polymerization about 2,400, saponification degree 99.9 mol% or more, thickness 75 μm) in pure water at 30 ℃, the mass ratio of iodine / potassium iodide / water at 30 ℃ is 0.02 / A 2/100 aqueous solution was subjected to iodine staining (iodine staining step). The polyvinyl alcohol film subjected to the iodine dyeing step was immersed in an aqueous solution with a mass ratio of 12/5/100 of potassium iodide / boric acid / water at 56.5 ° C for boric acid treatment (boric acid treatment step). The polyvinyl alcohol film subjected to the boric acid treatment step was washed with pure water at 8 ° C, and then dried at 65 ° C to obtain a polarizing element (thickness 27 μm after extension) made of iodine adsorbed and aligned with polyvinyl alcohol. At this time, extension is performed in the iodine dyeing step and the boric acid treatment step. The total stretching magnification in this stretching is 5.3 times. The obtained polarizing element and the saponification-treated triacetyl cellulose film ("KC4UYTAC" 40 μm manufactured by Konica Minolta) were bonded via a water-based adhesive using a nip roller. The tension of the obtained patch was maintained at 430 N / m, and dried at 60 ° C for 2 minutes to obtain a polarizing film having a triacetyl cellulose film as a protective film on one side. In addition, the above-mentioned water-based adhesive agent is added with 3 parts of carboxyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol ("Kuraray Poval KL318" manufactured by Kuraray) and water-soluble polyamide epoxy resin ("Sumirez Resin" manufactured by Sumika Chemtex) to 100 parts of water 650 ", an aqueous solution with a solid content concentration of 30%) prepared in 1.5 parts.

[偏光膜A之光學特性之測定]
對獲得之偏光膜A進行光學特性之測定。測定係將上述所獲得之偏光膜A之偏光元件面作為入射面,利用分光光度計(日本分光製造之「V7100」)實施。偏光膜之吸收軸與聚乙烯醇之延伸方向一致,所獲得之偏光膜之視感度補正單體透過率為42.1%,視感度補正偏光度為99.996%,單體色相a為-1.1、單體色相b為3.7。
[Determination of Optical Properties of Polarizing Film A]
The optical characteristics of the obtained polarizing film A were measured. The measurement was carried out using a spectrophotometer ("V7100" manufactured by Japan Spectroscopy) using the polarizing element surface of the polarizing film A obtained above as an incident surface. The absorption axis of the polarizing film is consistent with the extension direction of the polyvinyl alcohol. The obtained polarizing film has a visual acuity correction monomer transmittance of 42.1%, a visual acuity correction polarized degree of 99.996%, a monomer hue a of -1.1, and The hue b is 3.7.

[水平配向膜形成用組合物之製備]
將下述結構之光配向性材料(重量平均分子量:30000)5份與作為溶劑之環戊酮95份混合,將獲得之混合物於80℃下攪拌1小時,藉此獲得水平配向膜形成用組合物。
[化35]
[Preparation of composition for forming horizontal alignment film]
5 parts of the photo-alignment material (weight average molecular weight: 30000) of the following structure was mixed with 95 parts of cyclopentanone as a solvent, and the obtained mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour, thereby obtaining a combination for forming a horizontal alignment film Thing.
[化 35]

[水平配向液晶硬化膜A形成用組合物之製備]
以質量比90:10混合液晶化合物A及液晶化合物B,獲得混合物。相對於獲得之混合物100質量份,添加調平劑(DIC公司製造之「F-556」)1.0份、及作為聚合起始劑之2-二甲基胺基-2-苄基-1-(4-啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮(BASF Japan股份有限公司製造之「Irgacure(註冊商標)369(Irg369)」)6份。又,以固形物成分濃度成為13%之方式添加N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)。於80℃下攪拌1小時,藉此獲得水平配向液晶硬化膜A形成用組合物。
[Preparation of composition for forming horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A]
Liquid crystal compound A and liquid crystal compound B were mixed at a mass ratio of 90:10 to obtain a mixture. To 100 parts by mass of the obtained mixture, 1.0 part of a leveling agent ("F-556" manufactured by DIC Corporation) and 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (as a polymerization initiator were added 6 parts of 4-linylphenyl) butane-1-one ("Irgacure (registered trademark) 369 (Irg369)" manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.). In addition, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) was added so that the solid content concentration became 13%. The composition for forming the horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A was obtained by stirring at 80 ° C for 1 hour.

[水平配向液晶硬化膜A之製造]
於COP膜(Zeon corporation股份有限公司製造之「ZF-14-50」)上實施電暈處理。其後,使用棒式塗佈機塗佈水平配向膜形成用組合物,形成塗佈膜。將塗佈膜於80℃下乾燥1分鐘,形成乾燥覆膜。使用偏光UV照射裝置(牛尾電機股份有限公司製造之「SPOT CURE SP-9」),於波長313 nm下之累計光量100 mJ/cm2 及軸角度45°之條件下實施偏光UV曝光而獲得水平配向膜。利用橢偏計測定獲得之水平配向膜之膜厚,結果為100 nm。
[Manufacture of horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A]
Corona treatment was performed on the COP film ("ZF-14-50" manufactured by Zeon Corporation). Thereafter, the composition for forming a horizontal alignment film is applied using a bar coater to form a coating film. The coating film was dried at 80 ° C for 1 minute to form a dry coating. A polarized UV irradiation device ("SPOT CURE SP-9" manufactured by Niuwei Electric Co., Ltd.) was used to obtain a level of polarized UV exposure under the conditions of a cumulative light amount of 100 mJ / cm 2 at a wavelength of 313 nm and an axis angle of 45 °. Alignment membrane. The thickness of the obtained horizontal alignment film was measured using an ellipsometer, and the result was 100 nm.

繼而,使用棒式塗佈機,於水平配向膜塗佈水平配向液晶硬化膜A形成用組合物而形成塗佈膜。將塗佈膜於120℃下乾燥1分鐘,形成乾燥覆膜。使用高壓水銀燈(牛尾電機股份有限公司製造之「UNICURE VB-15201BY-A」),於氮氣氛圍下及波長365 nm下之累計光量500 mJ/cm2 之條件下,對乾燥覆膜照射紫外線,藉此形成水平配向液晶硬化膜A。獲得包含基材、水平配向膜及水平配向液晶硬化膜A之積層體。利用橢偏計測定水平配向液晶硬化膜A之膜厚,結果為2.3 μm。Then, using a bar coater, the composition for forming the horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A was applied to the horizontal alignment film to form a coating film. The coated film was dried at 120 ° C for 1 minute to form a dry film. Using a high-pressure mercury lamp ("UNICURE VB-15201BY-A" manufactured by Niuwei Electric Co., Ltd.), under a nitrogen atmosphere and at a cumulative light intensity of 500 mJ / cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm, irradiate the dried film with ultraviolet rays. This forms a horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A. A laminate including a base material, a horizontal alignment film, and a horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A was obtained. The film thickness of the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A was measured using an ellipsometer, and the result was 2.3 μm.

[水平配向液晶硬化膜A之Re測定]
將積層體經由黏著劑貼合於玻璃之後,剝離作為基材之COP膜。藉此,獲得Re測定用之水平配向液晶硬化膜A。使用測定機(王子計測機器股份有限公司製造之「KOBRA-WPR」),測定水平配向液晶硬化膜A之面內相位差值ReA(λ)。測定各波長(450 nm、550 nm、及650 nm)下之相位差值ReA(λ)之結果為,ReA(450)=121 nm、ReA(550)=142 nm、ReA(650)=146 nm、及ReA(450)/ReA(550)=0.85。
[Re measurement of horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A]
After the laminate is bonded to the glass via an adhesive, the COP film as a substrate is peeled off. Thereby, the horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A for Re measurement was obtained. Using a measuring machine ("KOBRA-WPR" manufactured by Oji Measuring Equipment Co., Ltd.), the in-plane phase difference value ReA (λ) of the horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A was measured. The results of measuring the phase difference ReA (λ) at each wavelength (450 nm, 550 nm, and 650 nm) are: ReA (450) = 121 nm, ReA (550) = 142 nm, ReA (650) = 146 nm , And ReA (450) / ReA (550) = 0.85.

[包含水平配向液晶硬化膜A與垂直配向液晶硬化膜之積層體之R0、及R40之測定]
將利用上述方法所製造之水平配向液晶硬化膜A、及利用實施例1之方法所製作之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)經由黏著劑(LINTEC公司製造之感壓式黏著劑 15 μm)貼合,製作包含水平配向液晶硬化膜A與垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)之積層體。進而,自該積層體剝離1片用作基材之COP膜,經由黏著劑與玻璃貼合,獲得相位差值測定用之積層體。在確認COP膜及水平配向膜無相位差之基礎上,使用測定機(王子計測機器股份有限公司製造之「KOBRA-WPR」)測定相位差值測定用之積層體之正面方向之相位差值R0(λ)、及以水平配向液晶硬化膜A之進相軸為中心傾斜40°時之相位差值R40(λ)(λ=450 nm及550 nm)。將測定結果示於表2。根據所獲得之R0(λ)及R40(λ)(λ=450 nm及550 nm)之值,算出|R0(550)-R40(550)|、|R0(450)-R40(450)|、及|{R0(450)-R40(450)}-{R0(550)-R40(550)}|。將結果示於表3。
[Measurement of R0 and R40 of the laminate including the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A and the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film]
The horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A produced by the above method and the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film (A-1) produced by the method of Example 1 were passed through an adhesive (pressure-sensitive adhesive 15 μm manufactured by LINTEC) By laminating, a laminate including a horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A and a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film (A-1) was produced. Furthermore, one COP film used as a base material was peeled from the laminate, and it was bonded to glass via an adhesive to obtain a laminate for measuring the phase difference value. After confirming that there is no phase difference between the COP film and the horizontal alignment film, use a measuring machine ("KOBRA-WPR" manufactured by Oji Measuring Equipment Co., Ltd.) to measure the phase difference value R0 in the front direction of the laminate for measuring the phase difference value. (λ), and the phase difference value R40 (λ) (λ = 450 nm and 550 nm) when the horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A is inclined by 40 ° as the center. Table 2 shows the measurement results. Calculate | R0 (550) -R40 (550) |, | R0 (450) -R40 (450) |, based on the obtained values of R0 (λ) and R40 (λ) (λ = 450 nm and 550 nm) And | {R0 (450) -R40 (450)}-{R0 (550) -R40 (550)} |. The results are shown in Table 3.

[斜向反射色相之評價]
將利用上述方法所製作之積層體(包含水平配向液晶硬化膜A與垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)之積層體)與偏光膜A以偏光膜A之吸收軸與水平配向液晶硬化膜A之遲相軸所成之角度成為45°之方式經由黏著劑進行貼合,剝離基材,製作附光學補償功能之橢圓偏光板。其後,經由黏著劑貼合於鋁箔,自仰角45°、方位角0~360°方向利用目視觀察橢圓偏光板之斜向反射色相。根據利用目視觀察之結果,基於下述評價基準評價斜向反射色相。將結果示於表3。
(評價基準)
A(良好):利用目視確認到黑色。
B(差):利用目視確認到明顯之著色。
[Evaluation of Hue of Oblique Reflection]
The layered body (including the layered body of the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A and the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film (A-1)) and the polarizing film A produced by the above method are aligned with the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A with the absorption axis of the polarizing film The angle formed by the late phase axis becomes 45 °, the lamination is carried out through the adhesive, the base material is peeled off, and an elliptical polarizing plate with optical compensation function is produced. After that, it is pasted on the aluminum foil via an adhesive, and the oblique reflection hue of the elliptical polarizing plate is visually observed from the direction of the elevation angle 45 ° and the azimuth angle 0 to 360 °. Based on the results of visual observation, the oblique reflection hue was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Table 3.
(Evaluation criteria)
A (good): Black was visually confirmed.
B (Poor): Visually confirm the obvious coloring.

<實施例17及18>
藉由變更垂直配向液晶硬化膜之膜厚,而如表2所記載般變更RthC(450)、及RthC(550)之值,除此以外,以與實施例16相同之方式實施相位差值測定、斜向反射色相確認。將結果示於表2及表3。
<Examples 17 and 18>
The phase difference value was measured in the same manner as in Example 16 except that the thickness of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film was changed, and the values of RthC (450) and RthC (550) were changed as described in Table 2. , Confirmation of oblique reflection hue. The results are shown in Table 2 and Table 3.

<實施例19>
將偏光膜A變更為利用以下所示之方法所製作之包含朝水平方向配向之水平配向液晶硬化膜B與二色性色素之偏光膜B,除此以外,與實施例16同樣地實施相位差值之測定、及斜向反射色相之評價。將結果示於表2及表3。
<Example 19>
The phase difference was implemented in the same manner as in Example 16, except that the polarizing film A was changed to a polarizing film B made of a horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film B and a dichroic dye prepared by the method shown below. Value measurement and evaluation of oblique reflection hue. The results are shown in Table 2 and Table 3.

[偏光膜B形成用組合物之製備]
混合下述之成分,於80℃下攪拌1小時,藉此獲得包含聚合性液晶化合物(B)與二色性色素之偏光膜B形成用組合物。二色性色素係使用日本專利特開2013-101328號公報之實施例所記載之偶氮系色素。作為聚合性液晶化合物(B)之式(1-6)及(1-7)所表示之聚合性液晶化合物係依據lub et al., Recl. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas, 115, 321-328 (1996)所記載之方法製造。
聚合性液晶化合物(B):
[化36]

75份
[化37]

25份
二色性色素1:
聚偶氮色素:化合物(1-8) 2.5份
[化38]

化合物(1-5) 2.5份
[化39]

化合物(1-16) 2.5份
[化40]

聚合起始劑:
2-二甲基胺基-2-苄基-1-(4-啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮(Irgacure 369;Ciba Specialty Chemicals公司製造) 6份
調平劑:
聚丙烯酸酯化合物(BYK-Chemie公司製造之「BYK-361N」)
1.2份
溶劑:鄰二甲苯 250份
[Preparation of composition for forming polarizing film B]
The following components were mixed and stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour, thereby obtaining a composition for forming a polarizing film B including the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) and the dichroic dye. As the dichroic pigment, the azo pigment described in the examples of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-101328 is used. The polymerizable liquid crystal compounds represented by formulas (1-6) and (1-7) as the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) are based on lub et al., Recl. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas, 115, 321-328 (1996) manufacturing method.
Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B):
[化 36]

75 servings
[化 37]

25 copies of dichroic pigment 1:
Polyazo pigment: compound (1-8) 2.5 parts
[化 38]

Compound (1-5) 2.5 parts
[化 39]

Compound (1-16) 2.5 servings
[化 40]

Polymerization initiator:
2-Dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (4-olinylphenyl) butane-1-one (Irgacure 369; manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) 6 parts of leveling agent:
Polyacrylate compound ("BYK-361N" manufactured by BYK-Chemie)
1.2 parts solvent: 250 parts o-xylene

[偏光膜B之製造]
(水平配向膜之製作)
於三乙醯纖維素膜(TAC)(Konica Minolta公司製造之「KC4UY」)上實施電暈處理。繼而,使用棒式塗佈機,於實施過電暈處理之TAC表面塗佈水平配向膜形成用組合物而形成塗佈膜。使塗佈膜於80℃下乾燥1分鐘,形成乾燥覆膜。使用偏光UV照射裝置(牛尾電機股份有限公司製造之「SPOT CURE SP-7」),於累計光量100 mJ/cm2 及軸角度90°之條件下對乾燥覆膜實施偏光UV曝光而獲得水平配向膜。利用橢偏計對獲得之水平配向膜之膜厚進行測定,結果為150 nm。
[Manufacture of Polarizing Film B]
(Production of horizontal alignment film)
Corona treatment was carried out on triacetyl cellulose film (TAC) ("KC4UY" manufactured by Konica Minolta). Then, using a bar coater, the horizontal alignment film forming composition was applied to the surface of the TAC subjected to the corona treatment to form a coating film. The coated film was dried at 80 ° C for 1 minute to form a dry film. Using a polarized UV irradiation device ("SPOT CURE SP-7" manufactured by Niuwei Electric Co., Ltd.), the polarized UV exposure of the dried coating was performed under the conditions of a cumulative light intensity of 100 mJ / cm 2 and an axis angle of 90 ° to obtain horizontal alignment. membrane. Using an ellipsometer to measure the thickness of the obtained horizontal alignment film, the result was 150 nm.

(水平配向液晶硬化膜B之製作)
進而,使用棒式塗佈機,將偏光膜B形成用組合物塗佈於水平配向膜而形成塗佈膜。其後,利用設定為120℃之乾燥烘箱使塗佈膜乾燥1分鐘。其結果,獲得聚合性液晶化合物(B)及二色性色素經配向之乾燥塗膜。將該乾燥塗膜自然冷卻至室溫(25℃)後,使用高壓水銀燈(牛尾電機股份有限公司製造之「UNICURE VB-15201BY-A」),於氮氣氛圍下、波長365 nm、及波長365 nm下之累計光量1000 mJ/cm2 之條件下照射紫外線,藉此使聚合性液晶化合物(B)聚合而製作具有包含二色性色素之水平配向液晶硬化膜B的偏光膜。
(Manufacture of horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film B)
Furthermore, the composition for polarizing film B formation was applied to the horizontal alignment film using a bar coater to form a coating film. Thereafter, the coating film was dried for 1 minute in a drying oven set at 120 ° C. As a result, a dried coating film in which the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) and the dichroic dye are aligned is obtained. After naturally cooling the dried coating film to room temperature (25 ° C), a high-pressure mercury lamp ("UNICURE VB-15201BY-A" manufactured by Niuwei Electric Co., Ltd.) was used under a nitrogen atmosphere at a wavelength of 365 nm and a wavelength of 365 nm Under the condition of a cumulative light intensity of 1000 mJ / cm 2 , ultraviolet light is irradiated to polymerize the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (B) to produce a polarizing film having a horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film B containing a dichroic dye.

[偏光膜B之偏光度、及單體透過率之測定]
所獲得之偏光膜B之偏光度及單體透過率係以如下方式測定。使用於分光光度計(島津製作所股份有限公司製造之「UV-3150」)中放置有附偏光元件之支座的裝置,藉由雙光束法以2 nm步進於380~680 nm之波長範圍內測定透過軸方向之透過率(T1 )及吸收軸方向之透過率(T2 )。使用下述式(p)及(q),算出各波長下之單體透過率及偏光度。進而,藉由日本工業標準JIS Z 8701之2度視野(C光源)進行視感度補正,算出視感度補正單體透過率(Ty)及視感度補正偏光度(Py),結果單體透過率為42%,偏光度為97%,確認係作為偏光膜有用之值。
單體透過率(%)=(T1 +T2 )/2 (p)
偏光度(%)={(T1 -T2 )/(T1 +T2 )}×100 (q)
[Measurement of Polarization Degree of Polarizing Film B and Monomer Transmission Rate]
The polarization degree and the monomer transmittance of the obtained polarizing film B were measured as follows. Used in a spectrophotometer ("UV-3150" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) with a support for polarizing elements, using a two-beam method at a wavelength of 380 to 680 nm at 2 nm steps The transmittance (T 1 ) in the transmission axis direction and the transmittance (T 2 ) in the absorption axis direction were measured. Using the following formulas (p) and (q), the monomer transmittance and polarization at each wavelength were calculated. Furthermore, the visual acuity correction was performed by the 2 degree field of view (C light source) of Japanese Industrial Standard JIS Z 8701, and the visual acuity correction monomer transmittance (Ty) and the visual acuity correction polarization (Py) were calculated. As a result, the monomer transmittance was 42%, the degree of polarization is 97%, which is confirmed to be a useful value as a polarizing film.
Monomer transmission rate (%) = (T 1 + T 2 ) / 2 (p)
Polarization (%) = {(T 1- T 2 ) / (T 1 + T 2 )} × 100 (q)

<比較例2>
製作以下所示之垂直配向膜及垂直配向液晶硬化膜,除此以外,以與實施例16相同之方式製作樣品,實施相位差值之測定及斜向反射色相之評價。將結果示於表2及表3。
<Comparative example 2>
Except that the vertical alignment film and the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film shown below were produced, samples were prepared in the same manner as in Example 16, and the measurement of the phase difference value and the evaluation of the oblique reflection hue were carried out. The results are shown in Table 2 and Table 3.

(垂直配向膜形成用組合物(B)之製作)
混合0.5%之聚醯亞胺(日產化學工業股份有限公司製造之「Sunever SE-610」)、72.3%之N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、18.1%之2-丁氧基乙醇、9.1%之乙基環己烷、及0.01%之DPHA(dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate,二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯)(新中村化學製造),製作垂直配向膜形成用組合物(B)。
(Preparation of composition (B) for forming vertical alignment film)
Mix 0.5% polyimide ("Sunever SE-610" manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 72.3% N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 18.1% 2-butoxyethanol, 9.1 % Ethylcyclohexane, and 0.01% DPHA (dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate) (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) to produce a composition (B) for forming a vertical alignment film.

(垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物(B)之製備)
相對於下述式(LC242)所示之液晶化合物LC242:PaliocolorLC242(BASF公司 註冊商標),添加調平劑(DIC公司製造之「F-556」)0.1份及聚合起始劑Irg369 3份,以固形物成分濃度成為13%之方式添加環戊酮,將該等混合而獲得垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物(B)。
液晶化合物LC242:PaliocolorLC242(BASF公司 註冊商標)
[化41]
(Preparation of composition (B) for forming vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film)
To the liquid crystal compound LC242 represented by the following formula (LC242): Paliocolor LC242 (registered trademark of BASF), 0.1 part of a leveling agent ("F-556" manufactured by DIC) and 3 parts of a polymerization initiator Irg369 are added to Cyclopentanone was added so that the solid content concentration became 13%, and these were mixed to obtain a composition (B) for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film.
Liquid crystal compound LC242: PaliocolorLC242 (registered trademark of BASF company)
[化 41]

(垂直配向液晶硬化膜之製作)
對作為基材之COP膜(Zeon corporation股份有限公司「ZF-14-23」)實施電暈處理。使用棒式塗佈機,於實施過電暈處理之COP膜使用棒式塗佈機,塗佈垂直配向膜形成用組合物(B)而形成塗佈膜。將塗佈膜於80℃下乾燥1分鐘,獲得垂直配向膜。利用橢偏計測定獲得之垂直配向膜之膜厚,結果為0.2 μm。繼而,於製作之垂直配向膜上塗佈垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物(B)而形成塗佈膜。將塗佈膜於80℃下乾燥1分鐘,形成乾燥覆膜。其後,使用高壓水銀燈(牛尾電機股份有限公司製造之「UNICURE VB-15201BY-A」)於氮氣氛圍下、及波長365 nm下之累計光量500 mJ/cm2 之條件下對乾燥覆膜照射紫外線,形成垂直配向液晶硬化膜。獲得之垂直配向液晶硬化膜之膜厚為0.5 μm。
(Manufacture of vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film)
The COP film (Zeon corporation, Inc. "ZF-14-23") as a substrate was subjected to corona treatment. Using a bar coater, the COP film subjected to the corona treatment was coated with the bar coater to apply the composition (B) for forming a vertical alignment film to form a coating film. The coated film was dried at 80 ° C for 1 minute to obtain a vertical alignment film. The thickness of the obtained vertical alignment film was measured using an ellipsometer, and the result was 0.2 μm. Next, the composition (B) for forming a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film was applied on the prepared vertical alignment film to form a coating film. The coating film was dried at 80 ° C for 1 minute to form a dry coating. After that, the high-pressure mercury lamp ("UNICURE VB-15201BY-A" manufactured by Niuwei Electric Co., Ltd.) was used to irradiate the dry film with ultraviolet light under a nitrogen atmosphere and a cumulative light intensity of 500 mJ / cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm. To form a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. The thickness of the obtained vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film was 0.5 μm.

表1中,矽烷化合物之「添加量」及離子性化合物之「添加量」一欄分別表示相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜形成用組合物之添加量(單位:重量%)。液晶化合物之比一欄之數字及括弧內之字母表示添加之液晶化合物之添加量之比率。例如,90/10(A/B)表示質量比(液晶化合物A/液晶化合物B)90/10。In Table 1, the "addition amount" of the silane compound and the "addition amount" of the ionic compound respectively indicate the addition amount (unit:% by weight) with respect to the composition for forming a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. The numbers in the column of liquid crystal compound ratio and the letters in parentheses indicate the ratio of the amount of liquid crystal compound added. For example, 90/10 (A / B) represents a mass ratio (liquid crystal compound A / liquid crystal compound B) of 90/10.

[表1]
[Table 1]

實施例1~15之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)~(A-15)分別為組合物(A-1)~(A-15)之硬化物。組合物(A-1)~(A-15)含有矽烷化合物KBE-9103或KBE-403、及離子性化合物(1)~(3)中之任一種。矽烷化合物KBE-9103及KBE-403為非離子性矽烷化合物。實施例1~15之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)~(A-15)之配向性評價為A及B之任一者。又,實施例20之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-20)為組合物(A-20)之硬化物。組合物(A-20)包含離子性化合物。實施例21之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-21)為組合物(A-21)之硬化物。組合物(A-21)包含非離子性之矽烷性化合物。實施例20之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-20)及實施例21之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-21)之配向性評價均為C。The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured films (A-1) to (A-15) of Examples 1 to 15 are cured products of compositions (A-1) to (A-15), respectively. The compositions (A-1) to (A-15) contain the silane compound KBE-9103 or KBE-403, and any one of the ionic compounds (1) to (3). Silane compounds KBE-9103 and KBE-403 are non-ionic silane compounds. The alignment of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured films (A-1) to (A-15) of Examples 1 to 15 was evaluated as either A or B. In addition, the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-20) of Example 20 is a cured product of the composition (A-20). Composition (A-20) contains an ionic compound. The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-21) of Example 21 is a cured product of the composition (A-21). Composition (A-21) contains a nonionic silane compound. The alignment evaluation of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-20) of Example 20 and the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (A-21) of Example 21 were both C.

比較例1之配向液晶硬化膜(B-1)為組合物(B-1)之硬化物。組合物(B-1)不含非離子性矽烷化合物及離子性化合物。比較例1之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(B-1)之配向性評價為D。The alignment liquid crystal cured film (B-1) of Comparative Example 1 is a cured product of the composition (B-1). Composition (B-1) does not contain nonionic silane compounds and ionic compounds. The alignment of the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film (B-1) of Comparative Example 1 was evaluated as D.

根據以上,可知實施例1~15之垂直配向液晶硬化膜(A-1)~(A-15)、(A-20)、及(A-21)與比較例1之配向液晶硬化膜(B-1)相比,配向性優異。From the above, it can be seen that the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured films (A-1) to (A-15), (A-20), and (A-21) of Examples 1 to 15 and the aligned liquid crystal cured film (B) of Comparative Example 1 -1) In comparison, the alignment is excellent.

實施例16~19之橢圓偏光板包含使用組合物(A-1)所製作之垂直配向液晶硬化膜、水平配向膜、水平配向液晶硬化膜A、及偏光膜。實施例16~19之橢圓偏光板之斜向反射色相均為A。The elliptical polarizing plates of Examples 16 to 19 include a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film, a horizontal alignment film, a horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A, and a polarizing film produced using the composition (A-1). The oblique reflection hues of the elliptical polarizing plates of Examples 16 to 19 are all A.

比較例2之橢圓偏光板包含使用組合物(B-2)所製作之垂直配向液晶硬化膜、水平配向膜、水平配向液晶硬化膜A、及偏光膜。組合物(B-2)包含液晶化合物LC242。液晶化合物之Ar為具有1個環結構之2價基,不為包含於式(I)-1所表示之液晶化合物中之化合物。比較例2之橢圓偏光板之斜向反射色相為B。The elliptical polarizing plate of Comparative Example 2 includes a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film, a horizontal alignment film, a horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A, and a polarizing film produced using the composition (B-2). Composition (B-2) contains liquid crystal compound LC242. Ar of the liquid crystal compound is a divalent group having one ring structure, and is not a compound included in the liquid crystal compound represented by formula (I) -1. The oblique reflection hue of the elliptical polarizing plate of Comparative Example 2 is B.

根據以上,可知實施例16~19之橢圓偏光板與比較例2之橢圓偏光板相比,斜向反射色相優異。From the above, it can be seen that the elliptical polarizing plates of Examples 16 to 19 are superior to the elliptical polarizing plate of Comparative Example 2 in oblique reflection hue.

[表2]
[Table 2]

[表3]
[table 3]

1‧‧‧基材1‧‧‧ Base material

3‧‧‧水平配向膜 3‧‧‧Horizontal alignment film

5‧‧‧水平配向液晶硬化膜A 5‧‧‧Horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film A

7‧‧‧黏著層 7‧‧‧ Adhesive layer

9‧‧‧垂直配向液晶硬化膜 9‧‧‧ Vertical alignment liquid crystal hardened film

11‧‧‧偏光膜 11‧‧‧ Polarizing film

13‧‧‧保護層 13‧‧‧Protective layer

15‧‧‧積層體 15‧‧‧Layered body

20‧‧‧橢圓偏光板 20‧‧‧Elliptical polarizing plate

圖1係本發明之橢圓偏光板之層構成之一例之概略剖視圖。FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an example of the layer configuration of the elliptically polarizing plate of the present invention.

Claims (21)

一種垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其相對於面內方向朝垂直方向配向,且包含選自由非離子性矽烷化合物及離子性化合物所組成之群中之至少一者。A vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film, which is aligned in a vertical direction with respect to an in-plane direction, and includes at least one selected from the group consisting of nonionic silane compounds and ionic compounds. 如請求項1之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其中上述非離子性矽烷化合物為矽烷偶合劑。The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film according to claim 1, wherein the nonionic silane compound is a silane coupling agent. 如請求項1或2之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其中上述非離子性矽烷化合物為具有烷氧基矽烷基及極性基之矽烷偶合劑。The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the nonionic silane compound is a silane coupling agent having an alkoxysilane group and a polar group. 如請求項1至3中任一項之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其中構成上述離子性化合物之元素全部為非金屬元素。The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein all the elements constituting the ionic compound are non-metallic elements. 如請求項1至4中任一項之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其中上述離子性化合物之分子量為100以上10000以下。The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the molecular weight of the ionic compound is 100 or more and 10000 or less. 如請求項1至5中任一項之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其滿足下述關係式(1): -150 nm≦RthC(550)≦-30 nm (1) [關係式(1)中,RthC(550)表示垂直配向液晶硬化膜於波長550 nm下之厚度方向之相位差值]。The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, which satisfies the following relationship (1): -150 nm ≦ RthC (550) ≦ -30 nm (1) [In relation (1), RthC (550) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 550 nm]. 如請求項1至6中任一項之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,其滿足下述關係式(2): RthC(450)/RthC(550)≦1 (2) [關係式(2)中,RthC(450)表示垂直配向液晶硬化膜於波長450 nm下之厚度方向之相位差值,RthC(550)表示垂直配向液晶硬化膜於波長550 nm下之厚度方向之相位差值]。If the vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film of any one of claims 1 to 6, it satisfies the following relationship (2): RthC (450) / RthC (550) ≦ 1 (2) [In relation (2), RthC (450) represents the phase difference of the thickness of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 450 nm, and RthC (550) represents the thickness direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 550 nm Phase difference value]. 一種積層體,其具備基材、及如請求項1至7中任一項之垂直配向液晶硬化膜,且 上述垂直配向液晶硬化膜與上述基材鄰接。A laminate having a base material and a vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film according to any one of claims 1 to 7, and The vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film is adjacent to the substrate. 一種積層體,其具備如請求項1至7之垂直配向液晶硬化膜、及相對於上述垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜。A laminate including a vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film according to claims 1 to 7 and a film aligned in a horizontal direction with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film. 如請求項9之積層體,其滿足下述關係式(3): ReA(450)/ReA(550)≦1.00 (3) [關係式(3)中,ReA(450)表示上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之膜於波長450 nm下之面內相位差值,ReA(550)表示上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之膜表面朝水平方向配向之膜於波長550 nm下之面內相位差值]。If the layered body of claim 9, it satisfies the following relationship (3): ReA (450) / ReA (550) ≦ 1.00 (3) [In relation (3), ReA (450) represents the in-plane retardation value of the film aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 450 nm, and ReA (550) represents the relative The in-plane retardation value of the film aligned horizontally on the film surface of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film at a wavelength of 550 nm]. 如請求項9或10中任一項之積層體,其滿足下述關係式(4): |R0(550)-R40(550)|≦10 nm (4) [關係式(4)中,R0(550)表示波長550 nm下之積層體之面內相位差值,R40(550)表示積層體繞朝水平方向配向之膜之進相軸方向旋轉40°時波長550 nm下之相位差值]。If the laminate of any one of claims 9 or 10, it satisfies the following relationship (4): | R0 (550) -R40 (550) | ≦ 10 nm (4) [In relation (4), R0 (550) represents the in-plane phase difference of the laminate at a wavelength of 550 nm, and R40 (550) represents the rotation of the laminate by 40 ° around the phase-advancing axis of the film aligned in the horizontal direction Phase difference at 550 nm]. 如請求項9至11中任一項之積層體,其滿足下述關係式(5): |R0(450)-R40(450)|≦10 nm (5) [關係式(5)中,R0(450)表示波長450 nm下之積層體之面內相位差值,R40(450)表示積層體繞朝水平方向配向之膜之進相軸方向旋轉40°時波長450 nm下之相位差值]。If the laminate of any one of claims 9 to 11 satisfies the following relationship (5): | R0 (450) -R40 (450) | ≦ 10 nm (5) [In relation (5), R0 (450) represents the in-plane phase difference of the laminate at a wavelength of 450 nm, and R40 (450) represents when the laminate rotates 40 ° around the phase-advancing axis of the film oriented in the horizontal direction Phase difference at 450 nm]. 如請求項9至12中任一項之積層體,其滿足下述關係式(6): |{R0(450)-R40(450)}-{R0(550)-R40(550)}|≦3 nm (6) [關係式(6)中,R0(450)表示波長450 nm下之積層體之面內相位差值,R0(550)表示波長550 nm下之積層體之面內相位差值,R40(450)表示積層體繞朝水平方向配向之膜之進相軸方向旋轉40°時波長450 nm下之相位差值,R40(550)表示積層體繞朝水平方向配向之膜之進相軸方向旋轉40°時波長550 nm下之相位差值]。If the laminate of any one of claims 9 to 12 satisfies the following relationship (6): | {R0 (450) -R40 (450)} - {R0 (550) -R40 (550)} | ≦ 3 nm (6) [In relation (6), R0 (450) represents the in-plane phase difference of the laminate at a wavelength of 450 nm, R0 (550) represents the in-plane phase difference of the laminate at a wavelength of 550 nm, R40 (450) Represents the phase difference value at a wavelength of 450 nm when the layered body rotates 40 ° around the phase-advancing axis of the film oriented in the horizontal direction, R40 (550) represents the layered body rotates 40 ° around the phase-advancing axis of the film oriented in the horizontal direction The phase difference at a wavelength of 550 nm]. 如請求項9至13中任一項之積層體,其中上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之膜表面朝水平方向配向之膜為水平配向液晶硬化膜A。The laminate according to any one of claims 9 to 13, wherein the film aligned in the horizontal direction with respect to the film surface of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film is the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A. 一種橢圓偏光板,其包含如請求項9至14中任一項之積層體、及偏光膜。An elliptically polarizing plate comprising the laminate according to any one of claims 9 to 14, and a polarizing film. 如請求項15之橢圓偏光板,其中上述相對於垂直配向液晶硬化膜之膜表面朝水平方向配向之膜為水平配向液晶硬化膜A。The elliptically polarizing plate according to claim 15, wherein the film aligned in the horizontal direction with respect to the film surface of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film is the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film A. 如請求項15或16之橢圓偏光板,其中上述朝水平配向之膜之遲相軸與偏光膜之吸收軸所成之角為45±5°。An elliptical polarizer according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the angle formed by the retardation axis of the film oriented horizontally and the absorption axis of the polarizing film is 45 ± 5 °. 如請求項15至17中任一項之橢圓偏光板,其中上述偏光膜包含相對於偏光膜之膜面內朝水平方向配向之水平配向液晶硬化膜B,且該水平配向液晶硬化膜B包含二色性色素。The elliptical polarizing plate according to any one of claims 15 to 17, wherein the polarizing film includes a horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film B aligned in a horizontal direction with respect to the film plane of the polarizing film, and the horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film B includes two Color pigments. 如請求項18之橢圓偏光板,其中上述二色性色素具有偶氮基。The elliptically polarizing plate according to claim 18, wherein the dichroic pigment has an azo group. 如請求項18或19之橢圓偏光板,其中上述水平配向液晶硬化膜B係液晶化合物於相對於膜之面內方向朝水平方向配向之層列相之狀態下硬化而成的硬化膜。The elliptically polarizing plate according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the above-mentioned horizontally aligned liquid crystal cured film B is a cured film obtained by curing a liquid crystal compound in a smectic phase aligned horizontally with respect to the in-plane direction of the film. 一種有機EL顯示裝置,其包含如請求項15至20中任一項之橢圓偏光板。An organic EL display device including the elliptically polarizing plate according to any one of claims 15 to 20.
TW108104556A 2018-02-14 2019-02-12 Vertical Alignment Liquid Crystal Curing Film TWI800602B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018024565A JP7059035B2 (en) 2018-02-14 2018-02-14 Vertically oriented LCD cured film
JP2018-024565 2018-02-14

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201936661A true TW201936661A (en) 2019-09-16
TWI800602B TWI800602B (en) 2023-05-01

Family

ID=67618708

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112113003A TW202330657A (en) 2018-02-14 2019-02-12 Vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film
TW108104556A TWI800602B (en) 2018-02-14 2019-02-12 Vertical Alignment Liquid Crystal Curing Film

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112113003A TW202330657A (en) 2018-02-14 2019-02-12 Vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (2) JP7059035B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20200118822A (en)
CN (1) CN111684327B (en)
TW (2) TW202330657A (en)
WO (1) WO2019159887A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7461122B2 (en) * 2019-09-17 2024-04-03 住友化学株式会社 Laminate and elliptically polarizing plate including same
KR20230129389A (en) * 2021-01-05 2023-09-08 도레이 카부시키가이샤 Laminated film and its manufacturing method

Family Cites Families (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005266696A (en) * 2004-03-22 2005-09-29 Nitto Denko Corp Circular polarizing plate, optical film and image display device
JP2007225912A (en) 2006-02-23 2007-09-06 Fujifilm Corp Liquid crystal display device
JP2007264403A (en) 2006-03-29 2007-10-11 Fujifilm Corp Retardation plate, polarizing plate, luminance-improving film and liquid crystal display
JP4900597B2 (en) 2006-06-13 2012-03-21 大日本印刷株式会社 Liquid crystal composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2007332290A (en) 2006-06-15 2007-12-27 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Liquid crystal composition, color filter and liquid crystal display
JP2009040984A (en) 2007-08-13 2009-02-26 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Liquid crystal composition, retardation-controlling members using the same, and liquid crystal display
JP2010084032A (en) 2008-09-30 2010-04-15 Fujifilm Corp Liquid crystal compound, optically anisotropic membrane, retardation plate and polarizing plate
JP5533257B2 (en) 2010-05-25 2014-06-25 Jnc株式会社 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, composition and polymer thereof
WO2014054769A1 (en) 2012-10-04 2014-04-10 富士フイルム株式会社 Circular polarizing plate and method for producing same, optical laminated body
JP6394592B2 (en) * 2013-04-11 2018-09-26 住友化学株式会社 Alignment layer for optically anisotropic film
JP2015043073A (en) 2013-07-25 2015-03-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Retardation film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
CN104339796B (en) 2013-08-09 2018-03-02 住友化学株式会社 Layered product
JP6287371B2 (en) 2014-03-10 2018-03-07 大日本印刷株式会社 Optical film, optical film transfer body, and image display device
KR20170108084A (en) * 2015-02-25 2017-09-26 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Laminate and optical film
JP6668605B2 (en) 2015-04-15 2020-03-18 大日本印刷株式会社 Optical film
JP6497241B2 (en) 2015-06-30 2019-04-10 Jnc株式会社 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, composition and polymer thereof
CN106371163B (en) * 2015-07-24 2020-08-25 住友化学株式会社 Liquid crystal cured film, optical film comprising liquid crystal cured film and display device
JP6507072B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2019-04-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Method of manufacturing optically anisotropic layer and method of manufacturing polarizing plate
CN109477925B (en) 2016-07-21 2022-10-25 住友化学株式会社 Elliptical polarizing plate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111684327A (en) 2020-09-18
CN111684327B (en) 2022-10-14
TW202330657A (en) 2023-08-01
JP2019139168A (en) 2019-08-22
KR20200118822A (en) 2020-10-16
TWI800602B (en) 2023-05-01
JP2022093389A (en) 2022-06-23
JP7059035B2 (en) 2022-04-25
WO2019159887A1 (en) 2019-08-22
JP7443413B2 (en) 2024-03-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW202326188A (en) Optical film and manufacturing method thereof
JP7311958B2 (en) Vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film and laminate including the same
JP7443413B2 (en) Vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film
TWI798354B (en) combination
WO2020218103A1 (en) Layered product, and composition for forming perpendicularly aligned liquid crystal cured film
WO2019159888A1 (en) Layered body and method for manufacturing same
WO2020149357A1 (en) Layered body, elliptical polarization plate and polymerizable liquid crystal composition
TWI839166B (en) Composition, vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film, laminate, elliptical polarizing plate and organic EL display device
WO2019159889A1 (en) Layered body and method for manufacturing same
WO2022196632A1 (en) Optical laminated body
TW202325825A (en) Layered body and method for manufacturing same
JP2022145604A (en) optical laminate